Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
 
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the Fiscal Year Ended April 2, 2010
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the Transition Period from          to          .
 
Commission File Number 000-17781
 
 
 
 
SYMANTEC CORPORATION
(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  77-0181864
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
350 Ellis Street,
Mountain View, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
  94043
(zip code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(650) 527-8000
 
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of each class)
  The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing sale price of Symantec common stock on October 2, 2009 as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market: $12,902,964,436.
 
Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of April 30, 2010: 798,888,671
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with our Annual Meeting of Stockholders for 2010 are incorporated by reference into Part III herein.
 


 

 
SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended April 2, 2010
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
      Business     4  
      Risk Factors     12  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     23  
      Properties     23  
      Legal Proceedings     23  
      Removed and Reserved     23  
 
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     24  
      Selected Financial Data     27  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     28  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     50  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     52  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     52  
      Controls and Procedures     52  
      Other Information     53  
 
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     53  
      Executive Compensation     53  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     54  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     54  
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services     54  
 
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     55  
    107  
  EX-10.05
  EX-21.01
  EX-23.01
  EX-31.01
  EX-31.02
  EX-32.01
  EX-32.02
  EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
  EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 
“Symantec,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Company” refer to Symantec Corporation and all of its subsidiaries. Symantec, the Symantec Logo, Norton, and Veritas are trademarks or registered trademarks of Symantec in the U.S. and other countries. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.


2


Table of Contents

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
 
The discussion below contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to safe harbors under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements include references to our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, as well as statements including words such as “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “projects,” and similar expressions. In addition, statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, anticipated growth and trends in our businesses and in our industries, the anticipated impacts of acquisitions, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. These statements are only predictions, based on our current expectations about future events and may not prove to be accurate. We do not undertake any obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events occurring or circumstances arising after the date of this report. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and our actual results, performance, or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements on the basis of several factors, including those that we discuss under Item 1A, Risk Factors. We encourage you to read that section carefully.


3


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.    Business
 
Overview
 
Symantec is a global provider of security, storage, and systems management solutions that help businesses and consumers secure and manage their information. We conduct our business in three geographic regions: Americas, which is comprised of the United States, Canada, and Latin America; Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific Japan (“APJ”).
 
Our go-to-market network includes direct, inside, and channel sales resources that support our ecosystem of more than 40,000 partners worldwide. We also maintain various distribution and services relationships with original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), Internet service providers (“ISPs”), and retail and online stores. We provide customers with software and services that protect, manage, and control information risks related to security, backup and recovery, storage, compliance, and systems management.
 
Founded in 1982, Symantec has operations in more than 40 countries and our principal executive offices are located at 350 Ellis Street, Mountain View, California, 94043. Our telephone number at that location is (650) 527-8000. Our home page on the Internet is www.symantec.com. Other than the information expressly set forth in this annual report, the information contained, or referred to, on our website is not part of this annual report.
 
Strategy
 
Symantec’s strategy is to provide software and services to secure and manage information regardless of device, platform, or where it resides. We help individuals, small businesses, and global organizations ensure that their information, technology infrastructures, and related processes are protected, managed easily, and controlled automatically. In addition to providing customers with traditional software solutions, we continue to expand our Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) based solutions and appliance based solutions, giving customers the choice for how they secure and manage information.
 
We operate primarily in three diversified markets within the software sector: security, storage, and systems management. We believe these markets are converging as customers increasingly require our help mitigating their risk profiles and managing their storage needs in order to secure and manage their most valuable asset — information. We have taken a proactive and policy-driven approach to protecting and managing information as the tools and processes from these formerly discrete domains become more integrated.
 
The security market includes mission-critical products that protect consumers and enterprises from threats to electronic information, endpoint devices, and computer networks. Over the past year, we have seen a continued rise in the volume of security threats. Threats are continuing to grow more targeted with a focus on stealing confidential information for financial gain. Attackers are expanding their tactics to include targeting users with social-engineering attacks, such as phishing websites that steal financial information, passwords, and other personal data. The Internet has become the primary conduit for attack activity with hackers increasingly funneling threats through legitimate websites, placing a much larger percentage of the population at risk than in the past. Data losses are not realized solely from external attacks but are increasingly administered by malicious or well-meaning insiders. Security continues to be a top priority for enterprises as information security is increasingly relevant to corporate competitiveness, regulatory compliance, cloud computing, and the proliferation of mobile devices.
 
The storage software market includes products that manage, archive, backup, and recover business-critical data. Key drivers of demand in this market include the growth of information that organizations must manage, the need for data to be protected and accessible at all times, the transition from tape to disk-based backup, and the adoption of data deduplication technology. Other factors driving demand in this market include the pressure on companies to lower storage and server management costs without compromising performance and the need for a growing number of critical applications to be continuously available.


4


Table of Contents

The systems management market includes products that control the IT environment by streamlining efforts associated with deploying, managing, patching, and remediating enterprise client and server assets. The drivers for demand in this market include customers’ desire to automate management and security remediation tasks, to ensure business productivity, and to reduce costs and complexity.
 
Business Developments and Highlights
 
During fiscal 2010, we took the following actions in support of our business:
 
  •  We strengthened our leadership in security. We introduced our new reputation-based malware detection security technology in our 2010 Consumer products. This technology leverages data from our extensive Global Intelligence Network to derive safety ratings for files on the Internet, and allows us to establish the reputation of a program based on a number of different factors (including its origin, age, and prevalence). We also launched security products and suites designed specifically for the small and medium sized business (“SMB”) and enterprise markets. These products are easy to use and install, and provide easy to use enterprise-level protection that optimizes performance and offers simplified management capabilities and pre-configured settings.
 
  •  We focused on the migration to next-generation information management. We integrated our backup, archiving and deduplication technologies and expanded our multi-platform support for physical and virtual environments. We released updated backup products that include expanded deduplication capabilities (at the client, media server, and via third party appliances), which products will allow customers to reduce the amount of data they store and the volume of data they transmit on their networks. We enhanced our products’ support for VMware and Microsoft Hyper-V virtualization technologies in order to allow customers to reduce management complexity and operational costs in their virtual environments. We introduced our new Data Insight technology to help customers identify their most critical information and give users access to data based on information intelligence and ownership.
 
  •  We expanded our cloud based offerings. We extended the partner distribution network associated with our Symantec Hosted Services business, primarily in SaaS messaging and web security. We launched a new hosted medical image archiving and sharing solution for healthcare providers that is designed to help them lower image storage costs and provide secure, web-based image sharing. In addition, we developed a scalable file server solution that combines our file system and clustering technologies, and integrates our security and backup software in order to deliver an optimized infrastructure for public or private storage clouds. We also expanded distribution of our consumer online backup solution through various channel partners.
 
  •  We completed two acquisitions during fiscal 2010. We expanded our SaaS security leadership by acquiring SoftScan, a privately-held SaaS security company in the Nordic region. We also acquired privately-held Gideon Technologies, Inc., a company with a leading Security Content Automation Protocol (“SCAP”) validated configuration and vulnerability assessment solution to enhance our ability to serve the needs of public sector customers.
 
  •  We reduced our cost structure in order to improve operational efficiencies across our business. Some of the actions included: carefully managing our headcount costs; outsourcing certain back office functions; consolidating facilities; relocating certain research and development functions to lower cost locations; and reducing travel and entertainment expenses and other discretionary expenses. Offsetting these cost reductions were investments in our new Symantec-developed and operated consumer eCommerce platform, increased investments in certain consumer OEM distribution agreements and acquisition related expenses.
 
  •  We launched a global eCommerce platform which allows us to host and manage consumer online stores. This is a strategic move, consistent with our ongoing focus on eCommerce and SaaS, in support of our consumer business. The benefits of managing an in-house eCommerce capability include building a closer relationship with our customers and enabling greater speed and agility to take advantage of market trends.
 
  •  We repurchased 34 million shares of our common stock for an aggregate amount of $553 million.


5


Table of Contents

 
Operating Segments and Products
 
Our operating segments are significant strategic business units that offer different products and services, distinguished by customer needs. During fiscal 2010, we had five operating segments: Consumer, Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, Services, and Other.
 
Consumer
 
Our Consumer segment provides Internet security and protection solutions, suites and services to individual users and home offices through a dual-brand strategy with Norton tm and PC Tools tm . Our Norton brand offers premium, full-featured security suites as well as related services such as online backup, family safety, and PC tune-up across multiple platforms. PC Tools products are designed specifically for the value-minded consumer which allows Symantec to extend its reach into emerging and price-sensitive market segments. Products include: Norton 360 tm , Norton Internet Security tm , Norton AntiVirus tm , Norton Online Backup tm , PC Tools Spyware Doctor tm , and PC Tools Registry Mechanic tm .
 
Our consumer business is driven by increasingly complex threats, the proliferation of mobile devices, the need for identity protection, and the rapid increase of digital consumer data, such as photos, music, and video. Our award-winning Norton 2010 products include our innovative reputation-based security, a technology that provides real-time threat detection. Our online backup offering serves 12 million customers and hosts over 56 petabytes of consumers’ data.
 
We continue to acquire customers through a diversified channel strategy. In fiscal year 2010, Symantec introduced its own eCommerce platform to enhance customer’s end-to-end experience and capitalize on emerging market trends. We retain and leverage our strong existing customer base through auto-renewal subscriptions, migrating customers from point products to multi-product suites, and cross-selling additional products or services.
 
Security and Compliance
 
Our Security and Compliance segment helps our customers standardize, automate, and reduce the costs of day-to-day security activities in order to secure and manage their information. We have focused on offering security suite solutions that tie together multiple layers of protection and simplified management. Our primary solutions in this segment address the following areas:
 
Enterprise Security
 
Enterprise Security customer demand is driven by the evolving threat environment, the adoption of a content-aware approach to information protection, and the need to implement and ensure regulatory compliance. Our Symantec Protection Suite creates a protected endpoint, messaging, and Web environment that is secure against today’s complex malware, data loss and spam threats, and recovers endpoint data in the event of failure. Our Symantec Data Loss Prevention Suite helps companies understand where important information resides and helps ensure the appropriate access and movement of information into and out of the company. Our Symantec Control Compliance Suite allows businesses to prioritize risks, define and assess global IT policies, and remediate identified deficiencies.
 
Systems Management
 
Demand for Systems Management is driven by the need for automated asset management, patch management, and remediation solutions that offer better visibility into IT assets and simplify day-to-day operational management. Our solutions help companies realize value from their existing IT investments. Our Altiris IT Management Suite provides client, server and asset management with full service desk and automation capabilities that reduce IT costs and enhance IT effectiveness.
 
SaaS
 
Symantec Hosted Services, our SaaS offerings, enable customers to increase their messaging and web protection by blocking email, web and IM threats before they reach the network. Our SaaS security solutions


6


Table of Contents

simplify global management through use of a central portal. Our SaaS offerings provide our customers the flexibility to manage their business using hosted services or through a mix of onsite and hosted solutions. Products include: MessageLabs Hosted Email, Web and Instant Messaging Security.
 
Storage and Server Management
 
Our Storage and Server Management segment focuses on providing enterprise customers with storage management, high availability, and backup and archiving solutions across heterogeneous storage and server platforms. These solutions enable companies to standardize on a single layer of infrastructure software that works on every major distributed operating system and supports every major storage device, database, and application in both physical and virtual environments. Our primary storage and server management solutions address the following areas:
 
Information Management
 
Our Information Management business, which includes backup and archiving, is driven by the rapid growth of information, data duplication, virtual environments, management inefficiencies, and legal e-discovery needs. Symantec helps organizations protect themselves by bringing together archiving, deduplication, and backup functionality into a fully integrated solution. Symantec helps customers back up information and deduplicate closer to information sources in order to reduce storage consumption as well as archive and enable a compliant and litigation-ready information infrastructure. Products include: NetBackup tm , NetBackup PureDisk tm , Backup Exec tm and Enterprise Vault tm .
 
Storage Management and High Availability
 
Our Storage Management and High Availability business is driven by our customers’ need to reduce overall storage costs through improved utilization of existing systems, virtualization, and cloud infrastructure offerings. The decline in server sales put pressure on this business, particularly with respect to new license sales on the Solaris platform. Our products help customers simplify their data centers by standardizing storage management across their environment for more efficient use of their existing storage investment. In addition, these products help customers build scalable, high-performance file-based storage systems for their enterprise, including private and public clouds. They also enable enterprises to manage large storage environments and ensure the availability of critical applications. Products include: Veritas Storage Foundation tm , Veritas Cluster Server tm , and Symantec FileStore tm .
 
Services
 
Symantec Global Services help customers address information security, availability, storage, and compliance challenges at the endpoint and in complex, multi-vendor data center environments. Our Services segment delivers consulting, education, business critical, and managed services that help our customers maximize the value of their investment in our products and solutions.
 
Consulting, Education and Business Critical Services
 
Symantec Consulting Services provide advisory, product enablement, and residency services to enable customers to assess, design, transform, and operate their infrastructure, leveraging Symantec products and solutions. Education Services provide a full range of programs, including technical training and security awareness training, to help customers optimize their Symantec solutions. Business Critical Services, our highest level of service, provide personalized, proactive support from technical experts for enterprises that require secure, uninterrupted access to their data and applications.
 
Managed Services
 
Symantec Managed Services enable customers to place resource-intensive IT operations under the management of experienced Symantec specialists in order to optimize existing resources and focus on strategic IT projects. This helps customers by reducing IT complexity, managing IT risk, and lowering the cost of operations. These


7


Table of Contents

services include: Managed Security Services, Managed Endpoint Protection Services and Managed Backup Services.
 
Other
 
The Other segment includes sunset products and general administrative, unallocated costs and is not considered an active business component of the company.
 
Financial Information by Segment and Geographic Region
 
For information regarding our revenue by segment, revenue by geographical area, and long-lived assets by geographical area, see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report. For information regarding the amount and percentage of our revenue contributed in each of our segments and our financial information, including information about geographic areas in which we operate, see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report. For information regarding risks associated with our international operations, see Item 1A, Risk Factors.
 
Sales and Go-To-Market Strategy
 
Consumer
 
We sell our consumer products and services to individuals and home offices globally through a network of distribution partners and eCommerce channels. Our products are available to customers through retailers, distributors, direct marketers, Internet-based resellers, system builders, and ISPs. We have partnerships with nine of the top 10 OEMs globally to distribute our securities suites and with six of the top 10 OEMs globally to distribute our online backup product. We broadened our presence in retail stores, with our products now carried in more than 30,000 locations worldwide.
 
Sales in the Consumer business through our electronic distribution channel, which includes sales derived from OEMs, subscriptions, upgrades, online sales, and renewals, represented approximately 80 percent of revenue in the Consumer segment in fiscal 2010. Products are also available through our new global in-house eCommerce stores, which improves our ability to identify and capitalize on emerging customer needs and market trends as well as enhance the end-to-end customer experience.
 
Enterprise
 
We sell and market our products and related services to enterprise customers through our direct sales force of more than 3,500 sales representatives and through a variety of indirect sales channels, which include value-added resellers, large account resellers, and system integrators. We also sell our products in more than 40 countries through authorized distributors and OEMs who incorporate our technologies into their products, bundle our products with their offerings, or serve as authorized resellers of our products. Symantec has more than 40,000 distribution partners in its partner program worldwide. Our sales efforts are primarily targeted to senior executives and IT department personnel responsible for managing a company’s IT initiatives.
 
Marketing and Advertising
 
Our marketing expenditures relate primarily to advertising and promotion, which includes demand generation and brand recognition of our consumer and enterprise products. Our advertising and promotion efforts include, but are not limited to, electronic and print advertising, trade shows, collateral production, and all forms of direct marketing. We also invest in cooperative marketing campaigns with distributors, resellers, retailers, OEMs, and industry partners.
 
We invest in various retention marketing and customer loyalty programs to help drive renewals and encourage customer advocacy and referrals. We also provide focused vertical marketing programs in targeted industries and countries.


8


Table of Contents

We typically offer two types of rebate programs within most countries: volume incentive rebates to channel partners and promotional rebates to distributors and end users. Distributors and resellers earn volume incentive rebates primarily based upon product sales to end users. We also offer rebates to individual users who purchase products through various resale channels. Both volume incentive rebates and end-user rebates are accrued as an offset to revenue.
 
Research and Development
 
Symantec embraces a global research and development (“R&D”) strategy to drive organic innovation across the company. Engineers throughout the company pursue advanced projects and work with our engineering centers, research labs and global services teams to translate R&D into next-generation technologies and integrate our unique set of technology assets across the portfolio. Symantec focuses on short, medium, and long-term applied research, develops new products in emerging areas, participates in government-funded research projects, and partners with universities to conduct research to support Symantec’s strategy. Symantec holds more than 900 patents.
 
Symantec’s Security Technology and Response organization is a global team of security engineers, threat analysts, and researchers that provides the underlying functionality, content, and support for all Symantec enterprise, SMB and consumer security products. Symantec’s security experts monitor malicious code reports collected through the Global Intelligence Network to provide insight into emerging attacks, malicious code activity, phishing, spam, and other threats. The team uses this vast intelligence to develop new technologies and approaches, such as Symantec’s reputation-based security technology, to protect customer’s information.
 
Research and development expenses, exclusive of in-process research and development associated with acquisitions, were $857 million, $870 million and $895 million in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, representing approximately 14%, 14% and 15% of revenue in the respective periods. We believe that technical leadership is essential to our success and we expect to continue to commit substantial resources to research and development.
 
Support
 
Symantec has centralized support facilities throughout the world that provide rapid, around-the-clock response, and are staffed by technical product experts knowledgeable in the operating environments in which our products are deployed. Our technical support experts assist customers with product implementation and usage, issue resolution and countermeasures, and threat detection.
 
Symantec provides customers various levels of enterprise support offerings. Our enterprise security support program offers annual maintenance support contracts, including content, upgrades, and technical support. Our standard technical support includes: unlimited hotline service delivered by telephone, fax, email, and over the Internet; immediate patches for severe problems; periodic software updates; and access to our technical knowledge base and frequently asked questions.
 
Our consumer product support program provides self-help online services, phone, chat, email support, and fee-based premium support and diagnostic services to consumers worldwide. Customers that subscribe to LiveUpdate receive automatic downloads of the latest virus definitions, application bug fixes, and patches for most of our consumer products.
 
Customers
 
In fiscal 2010 and 2008, one distributor, Ingram Micro accounted for 10% of our total net revenue in both periods. In fiscal 2009, Ingram Micro did not account for 10% of total net revenue. Our distributor arrangements with Ingram Micro consist of several non-exclusive, independently negotiated agreements with its subsidiaries, each of which cover different countries or regions. Each of these agreements is separately negotiated and is independent of any other contract (such as a master distribution agreement), and these agreements are not based on the same form of contract. In fiscal 2009 and 2008, one reseller, Digital River accounted for 10% and 11% of our total net revenues, respectively. In fiscal 2010, we launched a new, internally-developed eCommerce platform which will reduce our reliance on Digital River.


9


Table of Contents

Acquisitions
 
Our acquisitions are designed to enhance the features and functionality of our existing products and extend our product leadership in core markets. We consider time to market, synergies with existing products, and potential market share gains when evaluating the economics of acquisitions of technologies, product lines, or companies. We may acquire and/or dispose of other technologies, products and companies in the future.
 
During fiscal 2010, we completed the following acquisitions:
 
         
Company Name
 
Company Description
 
Date Acquired
 
Gideon Technologies, Inc. 
  A provider of standards-based information security compliance solutions   January 22, 2010
SoftScan
  A provider of hosted security solutions for e-mail and web in the Nordic region.   October 31, 2009
 
For further discussion of our acquisitions, see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report.
 
Competition
 
Our markets are consolidating, highly competitive, and subject to rapid changes in technology. We are focused on integrating across the product portfolio and include next-generation technology capabilities into our solution set in order to differentiate ourselves from the competition. We believe that the principal competitive factors necessary to be successful in our industry include time to market, price, reputation, financial stability, breadth of product offerings, customer support, brand recognition, and effective sales and marketing efforts.
 
In addition to the competition we face from direct competitors, we face indirect or potential competition from retailers, application providers, operating system providers, network equipment manufacturers, and other OEMs, who may provide various solutions and functions in their current and future products. We also compete for access to retail distribution channels and for the attention of customers at the retail level and in corporate accounts. In addition, we compete with other software companies, operating system providers, network equipment manufacturers and other OEMs to acquire technologies, products, or companies and to publish software developed by third parties. We also compete with other software companies in our effort to place our products on the computer equipment sold to consumers and enterprises by OEMs.
 
The competitive environments in which each segment operates are described below.
 
Consumer
 
Some of the channels in which our consumer products are offered are highly competitive. Our competitors are intensely focused on customer acquisition, which has led such competitors to offer their technology for free, engage in aggressive marketing, or enter into competitive partnerships. Our primary competitors in the Consumer segment are McAfee, Inc. (“McAfee”), and Trend Micro Inc. (“Trend Micro”). There are also several smaller regional security companies and freeware providers that we compete against primarily in the EMEA and APJ regions. For our consumer backup offerings, our primary competitors are Mozy, Inc., owned by EMC Corporation (“EMC”), and Carbonite, Inc.
 
Security and Compliance
 
In the security and management markets, we compete against many companies that offer competing products to our solutions. Our primary competitors in the security and management market are LANDesk Software, Inc., McAfee, Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”), and Trend Micro. There are also several smaller regional security companies that we compete against primarily in the EMEA and APJ regions.
 
In the SaaS security market our primary competitors are Google Inc.’s Postini Services and Microsoft.


10


Table of Contents

Storage and Server Management
 
The markets for storage and backup are intensely competitive. Our primary competitors are CA, Inc., CommVault Systems, Inc., EMC, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), IBM Corp. (“IBM”), Microsoft, Sun Microsystems, Inc. (acquired by Oracle Corporation), and VMware, Inc.
 
Services
 
We believe that the principal competitive factors for our services segment include technical capability, customer responsiveness, and our ability to hire and retain talented and experienced services personnel. Our primary competitors in the services segment are EMC, HP, IBM, and regional specialized consulting firms. In the managed security services business, our primary competitors are IBM, and SecureWorks, Inc.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Protective Measures
 
We regard some of the features of our internal operations, software, and documentation as proprietary and rely on copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual arrangements, and other measures to protect our proprietary information. Our intellectual property is an important and valuable asset that enables us to gain recognition for our products, services, and technology and enhance our competitive position.
 
As part of our confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, distributors, and corporate partners, and we enter into license agreements with respect to our software, documentation, and other proprietary information. These license agreements are generally non-transferable and have a perpetual term. We also educate our employees on trade secret protection and employ measures to protect our facilities, equipment, and networks.
 
Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and Licenses
 
Symantec and the Symantec logo are trademarks or registered trademarks in the U.S. and other countries. In addition to Symantec and the Symantec logo, we have used, registered, and/or applied to register other specific trademarks and service marks to help distinguish our products, technologies, and services from those of our competitors in the U.S. and foreign countries and jurisdictions. We enforce our trademark, service mark, and trade name rights in the U.S. and abroad. The duration of our trademark registrations varies from country to country, and in the U.S. we generally are able to maintain our trademark rights and renew any trademark registrations for as long as the trademarks are in use.
 
We have a number of U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, including patents and rights to patent applications acquired through strategic transactions, which relate to various aspects of our products and technology. The duration of our patents is determined by the laws of the country of issuance and for the U.S. is typically 17 years from the date of issuance of the patent or 20 years from the date of filing of the patent application resulting in the patent, which we believe is adequate relative to the expected lives of our products.
 
Our products are protected under U.S. and international copyright laws and laws related to the protection of intellectual property and proprietary information. We take measures to label such products with the appropriate proprietary rights notices, and we actively enforce such rights in the U.S. and abroad. However, these measures may not provide sufficient protection, and our intellectual property rights may be challenged. In addition, we license some intellectual property from third parties for use in our products, and generally must rely on the third party to protect the licensed intellectual property rights. While we believe that our ability to maintain and protect our intellectual property rights is important to our success, we also believe that our business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular patent, trademark, license, or other intellectual property right.
 
Seasonality
 
As is typical for many large software companies, our business is seasonal. Software license and maintenance orders are generally higher in our third and fourth fiscal quarters and lower in our first and second fiscal quarters. A


11


Table of Contents

significant decline in license and maintenance orders is typical in the first quarter of our fiscal year as compared to license and maintenance orders in the fourth quarter of the prior fiscal year. In addition, we generally receive a higher volume of software license and maintenance orders in the last month of a quarter, with orders concentrated in the later part of that month. We believe that this seasonality primarily reflects customer spending patterns and budget cycles, as well as the impact of compensation incentive plans for our sales personnel. Revenue generally reflects similar seasonal patterns but to a lesser extent than orders because revenue is not recognized until an order is shipped or services are performed and other revenue recognition criteria are met, and because a significant portion of our in-period revenue is provided by the ratable recognition of our deferred revenue balance.
 
Employees
 
As of April 2, 2010, we employed more than 17,400 people worldwide, approximately 47 percent of whom reside in the U.S. Approximately 6,200 employees work in sales and marketing; 5,600 in research and development; 4,200 in support and services; and 1,400 in management and administration.
 
Other Information
 
Our Internet address is www.symantec.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Other than the information expressly set forth in this annual report, the information contained, or referred to, on our website is not part of this annual report.
 
The public may also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
A description of the risk factors associated with our business is set forth below. The list is not exhaustive and you should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties before investing in our common stock.
 
Adverse global economic events may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Adverse macroeconomic conditions could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition under a number of different scenarios. During challenging economic times and periods of high unemployment, current or potential customers may delay or forgo decisions to license new products or additional instances of existing products, upgrade their existing hardware or operating environments (which upgrades are often a catalyst for new purchases of our software), or purchase services. Customers may also have difficulties in obtaining the requisite third-party financing to complete the purchase of our products and services. An adverse macroeconomic environment could also subject us to increased credit risk should customers be unable to pay us, or delay paying us, for previously purchased products and services. Accordingly, reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase. In addition, weakness in the market for end users of our products could harm the cash flow of our distributors and resellers who could then delay paying their obligations to us or experience other financial difficulties. This would further increase our credit risk exposure and, potentially, cause delays in our recognition of revenue on sales to these customers.
 
In addition, financial institution difficulties may make it more difficult either to utilize our existing debt capacity or otherwise obtain financing for our operations, investing activities (including potential acquisitions) or financing activities. Specific economic trends, such as declines in the demand for PCs, servers, and other computing devices, or softness in corporate information technology spending, could have an even more direct, and harmful, impact on our business.


12


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in demand for our products and services are driven by many factors, and a decrease in demand for our products could adversely affect our financial results.
 
We are subject to fluctuations in demand for our products and services due to a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, competition, product obsolescence, technological change, shifts in buying patterns, financial difficulties and budget constraints of our current and potential customers, levels of broadband usage, awareness of security threats to IT systems, and other factors. While such factors may, in some periods, increase product sales, fluctuations in demand can also negatively impact our product sales. If demand for our products declines because of general economic conditions or for other reasons, our revenues and gross margin could be adversely affected.
 
If we are unable to develop new and enhanced products and services that achieve widespread market acceptance, or if we are unable to continually improve the performance, features, and reliability of our existing products and services or adapt our business model to keep pace with industry trends, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
 
Our future success depends on our ability to respond to the rapidly changing needs of our customers by developing or introducing new products, product upgrades, and services on a timely basis. We have in the past incurred, and will continue to incur, significant research and development expenses as we strive to remain competitive. New product development and introduction involves a significant commitment of time and resources and is subject to a number of risks and challenges including:
 
  •  Managing the length of the development cycle for new products and product enhancements, which has frequently been longer than we originally expected
 
  •  Adapting to emerging and evolving industry standards and to technological developments by our competitors and customers
 
  •  Extending the operation of our products and services to new and evolving platforms, operating systems and hardware products, such as netbooks
 
  •  Entering into new or unproven markets with which we have limited experience
 
  •  Managing new product and service strategies, including integrating our various security and storage technologies, management solutions, customer service, and support into unified enterprise security and storage solutions
 
  •  Incorporating acquired products and technologies
 
  •  Addressing trade compliance issues affecting our ability to ship new or acquired products
 
  •  Developing or expanding efficient sales channels
 
  •  Obtaining sufficient licenses to technology and technical access from operating system software vendors on reasonable terms to enable the development and deployment of interoperable products, including source code licenses for certain products with deep technical integration into operating systems
 
In addition, if we cannot adapt our business models to keep pace with industry trends, our revenue could be negatively impacted. In connection with our enterprise software offerings, we license our applications on a variety of bases, such as per server, per processor, or based on performance criteria such as per amount of data processed or stored. If enterprises continue to migrate towards solutions, such as virtualization, which allow enterprises to run multiple applications and operating systems on a single server and thereby reduce the number of servers they are required to own and operate, we may experience lower license revenues unless we are able to successfully change our enterprise licensing model or sell additional software to take into account the impact of these new solutions.
 
If we are not successful in managing these risks and challenges, or if our new products, product upgrades, and services are not technologically competitive or do not achieve market acceptance, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.


13


Table of Contents

We operate in a highly competitive environment, and our competitors may gain market share in the markets for our products that could adversely affect our business and cause our revenues to decline.
 
We operate in intensely competitive markets that experience rapid technological developments, changes in industry standards, changes in customer requirements, and frequent new product introductions and improvements. If we are unable to anticipate or react to these competitive challenges or if existing or new competitors gain market share in any of our markets, our competitive position could weaken and we could experience a drop in revenue that could adversely affect our business and operating results. To compete successfully, we must maintain a successful research and development effort to develop new products and services and enhance existing products and services, effectively adapt to changes in the technology or product rights held by our competitors, appropriately respond to competitive strategies, and effectively adapt to technological changes and changes in the ways that our information is accessed, used, and stored within our enterprise and consumer markets. If we are unsuccessful in responding to our competitors or to changing technological and customer demands, we could experience a negative effect on our competitive position and our financial results.
 
Our traditional competitors include independent software vendors that offer software products that directly compete with our product offerings. In addition to competing with these vendors directly for sales to end-users of our products, we compete with them for the opportunity to have our products bundled with the product offerings of our strategic partners such as computer hardware OEMs and ISPs. Our competitors could gain market share from us if any of these strategic partners replace our products with the products of our competitors or if they more actively promote our competitors’ products than our products. In addition, software vendors who have bundled our products with theirs may choose to bundle their software with their own or other vendors’ software or may limit our access to standard product interfaces and inhibit our ability to develop products for their platform.
 
We face growing competition from network equipment and computer hardware manufacturers and large operating system providers. These firms are increasingly developing and incorporating into their products data protection and storage and server management software that competes at some levels with our product offerings. Our competitive position could be adversely affected to the extent that our customers perceive the functionality incorporated into these products as replacing the need for our products.
 
Security protection is also offered by some of our competitors at prices lower than our prices or, in some cases is bundled for free. Some companies offer the lower-priced or free security products within their computer hardware or software products that are inferior to our products. Our competitive position could be adversely affected to the extent that our customers perceive these security products as replacing the need for more effective, full featured products such as those that we provide. The expansion of these competitive trends could have a significant negative impact on our sales and financial results.
 
Another growing industry trend is the SaaS business model, where software vendors develop and host their applications for use by customers over the Internet. This allows enterprises to obtain the benefits of commercially licensed, internally operated software without the associated complexity or high initial set-up and operational costs. Advances in the SaaS business model could enable the growth of our competitors and could affect the success of our traditional software licensing models. We are offering our own SaaS offerings, including those related to our fiscal 2009 acquisition of Message Labs, and we continue to incorporate these offerings into our licensing model. However, we may not be able to successfully incorporate our SaaS offerings into our current licensing models. Our inability to successfully develop and market new and existing SaaS product offerings could cause us to lose business to competitors.
 
Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, sales, marketing, or other resources than we do and consequently may have the ability to influence customers to purchase their products instead of ours. We also face competition from many smaller companies that specialize in particular segments of the markets in which we compete.


14


Table of Contents

If we fail to manage our sales and distribution channels effectively or if our partners choose not to market and sell our products to their customers, our operating results could be adversely affected.
 
We sell our products to customers around the world through multi-tiered sales and distribution networks. Sales through these different channels involve distinct risks, including the following:
 
Direct Sales.   A significant portion of our revenues from enterprise products is derived from sales by our direct sales force to end-users. Special risks associated with this sales channel include:
 
  •  Longer sales cycles associated with direct sales efforts
 
  •  Difficulty in hiring, retaining, and motivating our direct sales force
 
  •  Substantial amounts of training for sales representatives to become productive, including regular updates to cover new and revised products
 
Indirect Sales Channels.   A significant portion of our revenues is derived from sales through indirect channels, including distributors that sell our products to end-users and other resellers. This channel involves a number of risks, including:
 
  •  Our lack of control over the timing of delivery of our products to end-users
 
  •  Our resellers and distributors are not subject to minimum sales requirements or any obligation to market our products to their customers
 
  •  Our reseller and distributor agreements are generally nonexclusive and may be terminated at any time without cause
 
  •  Our resellers and distributors frequently market and distribute competing products and may, from time to time, place greater emphasis on the sale of these products due to pricing, promotions, and other terms offered by our competitors
 
  •  Recent consolidation of electronics retailers has increased their negotiating power with respect to hardware and software providers
 
OEM Sales Channels.   A significant portion of our revenues is derived from sales through our OEM partners that incorporate our products into, or bundle our products with, their products. Our reliance on this sales channel involves many risks, including:
 
  •  Our lack of control over the shipping dates or volume of systems shipped
 
  •  Our OEM partners are generally not subject to minimum sales requirements or any obligation to market our products to their customers
 
  •  Our OEM partners may terminate or renegotiate their arrangements with us and new terms may be less favorable due, among other things, to an increasingly competitive relationship with certain partners
 
  •  Sales through our OEM partners are subject to changes in general economic conditions, strategic direction, competitive risks, and other issues that could result in a reduction of OEM sales
 
  •  The development work that we must generally undertake under our agreements with our OEM partners may require us to invest significant resources and incur significant costs with little or no associated revenues
 
  •  The time and expense required for the sales and marketing organizations of our OEM partners to become familiar with our products may make it more difficult to introduce those products to the market
 
  •  Our OEM partners may develop, market, and distribute their own products and market and distribute products of our competitors, which could reduce our sales
 
  •  In many cases we must incur up-front costs to access the OEM channel, particularly in the consumer market, and we may not recoup those up-front costs if customers do not ultimately activate and purchase our products


15


Table of Contents

 
If we fail to manage our sales and distribution channels successfully, these channels may conflict with one another or otherwise fail to perform as we anticipate, which could reduce our sales and increase our expenses as well as weaken our competitive position. Some of our distribution partners have experienced financial difficulties in the past, and if our partners suffer financial difficulties in the future because of general economic conditions or for other reasons, these partners may delay paying their obligations to us and we may have reduced sales or increased bad debt expense that could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, reliance on multiple channels subjects us to events that could cause unpredictability in demand, which could increase the risk that we may be unable to plan effectively for the future, and could result in adverse operating results in future periods.
 
We have grown, and may continue to grow, through acquisitions that give rise to risks and challenges that could adversely affect our future financial results.
 
We have in the past acquired, and we expect to acquire in the future, other businesses, business units, and technologies. Acquisitions can involve a number of special risks and challenges, including:
 
  •  Complexity, time, and costs associated with the integration of acquired business operations, workforce, products, and technologies into our existing business, sales force, employee base, product lines, and technology
 
  •  Diversion of management time and attention from our existing business and other business opportunities
 
  •  Loss or termination of employees, including costs associated with the termination or replacement of those employees
 
  •  Assumption of debt or other liabilities of the acquired business, including litigation related to the acquired business
 
  •  The addition of acquisition-related debt as well as increased expenses and working capital requirements
 
  •  Dilution of stock ownership of existing stockholders
 
  •  Increased costs and efforts in connection with compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
  •  Substantial accounting charges for restructuring and related expenses, write-off of in-process research and development, impairment of goodwill, amortization of intangible assets, and stock-based compensation expense, such as the $7.4 billion goodwill write-down we recorded during fiscal 2009
 
Integrating acquired businesses has been and will continue to be a complex, time consuming, and expensive process, and can impact the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
 
If integration of our acquired businesses is not successful, we may not realize the potential benefits of an acquisition or suffer other adverse effects that we currently do not foresee. To integrate acquired businesses, we must implement our technology systems in the acquired operations and integrate and manage the personnel of the acquired operations. We also must effectively integrate the different cultures of acquired business organizations into our own in a way that aligns various interests, and may need to enter new markets in which we have no or limited experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions.
 
Any of the foregoing, and other factors, could harm our ability to achieve anticipated levels of profitability from acquired businesses or to realize other anticipated benefits of acquisitions. In addition, because acquisitions of high technology companies are inherently risky, no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be successful and will not adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.
 
We have not historically maintained substantial levels of indebtedness, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liabilities.
 
In June 2006, we sold $2.1 billion in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes. As a result of the sale of the notes, we have a substantially greater amount of long-term debt than we maintained prior to that sale. In addition, we have entered into a credit facility with a borrowing capacity of $1 billion. As of April 2, 2010, we had no borrowings under our credit facility. From time to time in the future, we may also incur indebtedness in addition


16


Table of Contents

to the amount available under our credit facility. Our maintenance of substantial levels of debt could adversely affect our flexibility to take advantage of certain corporate opportunities and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Of our outstanding convertible notes, $1.1 billion matures and is repayable in June 2011 and the balance is due in June 2013. We may be required to use all or a substantial portion of our cash balance to repay these notes on maturity unless we can obtain new financing.
 
Our international operations involve risks that could increase our expenses, adversely affect our operating results, and require increased time and attention of our management.
 
We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from customers located outside of the U.S. and we have significant operations outside of the U.S., including engineering, sales, customer support, and production. We plan to expand our international operations, but such expansion is contingent upon the financial performance of our existing international operations as well as our identification of growth opportunities. Our international operations are subject to risks in addition to those faced by our domestic operations, including:
 
  •  Potential loss of proprietary information due to misappropriation or laws that may be less protective of our intellectual property rights than U.S. laws or may not be adequately enforced
 
  •  Requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls, including trade and labor restrictions and related laws that reduce the flexibility of our business operations
 
  •  Regulations or restrictions on the use, import, or export of encryption technologies that could delay or prevent the acceptance and use of encryption products and public networks for secure communications
 
  •  Central bank and other restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash from our international subsidiaries or to exchange cash in international subsidiaries into cash available for use in the U.S.
 
  •  Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and economic instability such as higher interest rates in the U.S. and inflation that could reduce our customers’ ability to obtain financing for software products or that could make our products more expensive or could increase our costs of doing business in certain countries
 
  •  Limitations on future growth or inability to maintain current levels of revenues from international sales if we do not invest sufficiently in our international operations
 
  •  Longer payment cycles for sales in foreign countries and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable
 
  •  Difficulties in staffing, managing, and operating our international operations, including difficulties related to administering our stock plans in some foreign countries
 
  •  Difficulties in coordinating the activities of our geographically dispersed and culturally diverse operations
 
  •  Seasonal reductions in business activity in the summer months in Europe and in other periods in other countries
 
  •  Reduced sales due to the failure to obtain any required export approval of our technologies, particularly our encryption technologies
 
  •  Costs and delays associated with developing software and providing support in multiple languages
 
  •  Political unrest, war, or terrorism, particularly in areas in which we have facilities
 
A significant portion of our transactions outside of the U.S. are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, our revenues and expenses will continue to be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. We expect to be affected by fluctuations in foreign currency rates in the future, especially if international sales continue to grow as a percentage of our total sales or our operations outside the United States continue to increase.
 
The level of corporate tax from sales to our non-U.S. customers is less than the level of tax from sales to our U.S. customers. This benefit is contingent upon existing tax regulations in the U.S. and in the countries in which our international operations are located. Future changes in domestic or international tax regulations could adversely affect our ability to continue to realize these tax benefits.


17


Table of Contents

Our products are complex and operate in a wide variety of computer configurations, which could result in errors or product failures.
 
Because we offer very complex products, undetected errors, failures, or bugs may occur, especially when products are first introduced or when new versions are released. Our products are often installed and used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software, and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures in our products or may expose undetected errors, failures, or bugs in our products. Our customers’ computing environments are often characterized by a wide variety of standard and non-standard configurations that make pre-release testing for programming or compatibility errors very difficult and time-consuming. In addition, despite testing by us and others, errors, failures, or bugs may not be found in new products or releases until after commencement of commercial shipments. In the past, we have discovered software errors, failures, and bugs in certain of our product offerings after their introduction and, in some cases, may have experienced delayed or lost revenues as a result of these errors.
 
Errors, failures, or bugs in products released by us could result in negative publicity, damage to our brand, product returns, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers or others. Many of our end-user customers use our products in applications that are critical to their businesses and may have a greater sensitivity to defects in our products than to defects in other, less critical, software products. In addition, if an actual or perceived breach of information integrity or availability occurs in one of our end-user customer’s systems, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to our products, the market perception of the effectiveness of our products could be harmed. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant expenditures of our capital and other resources and could cause interruptions, delays, or cessation of our product licensing, which could cause us to lose existing or potential customers and could adversely affect our operating results.
 
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, lose key personnel, fail to integrate replacement personnel successfully, or fail to manage our employee base effectively, we may be unable to develop new and enhanced products and services, effectively manage or expand our business, or increase our revenues.
 
Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain our key management, technical, sales, marketing, finance, and other critical personnel. Our officers and other key personnel are employees-at-will, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain them. Competition for people with the specific skills that we require is significant. In order to attract and retain personnel in a competitive marketplace, we believe that we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash and equity-based compensation. The volatility in our stock price may from time to time adversely affect our ability to recruit or retain employees. In addition, we may be unable to obtain required stockholder approvals of future increases in the number of shares available for issuance under our equity compensation plans, and accounting rules require us to treat the issuance of employee stock options and other forms of equity-based compensation as compensation expense. As a result, we may decide to issue fewer equity-based incentives and may be impaired in our efforts to attract and retain necessary personnel. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees, or conversely, if we fail to manage employee performance or reduce staffing levels when required by market conditions, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
 
From time to time, key personnel leave our company. While we strive to reduce the negative impact of such changes, the loss of any key employee could result in significant disruptions to our operations, including adversely affecting the timeliness of product releases, the successful implementation and completion of company initiatives, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting, and the results of our operations. In addition, hiring, training, and successfully integrating replacement sales and other personnel could be time consuming, may cause additional disruptions to our operations, and may be unsuccessful, which could negatively impact future revenues.


18


Table of Contents

From time to time we are a party to class action lawsuits, which often require significant management time and attention and result in significant legal expenses, and which could, if not determined favorably, negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
We have been named as a party to class action lawsuits, and we may be named in additional litigation. The expense of defending such litigation may be costly and divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, an unfavorable outcome in such litigation could negatively impact our business, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
Third parties claiming that we infringe their proprietary rights could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and prevent us from selling our products.
 
From time to time, we receive claims that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others, including claims regarding patents, copyrights, and trademarks. In addition, former employers of our former, current, or future employees may assert claims that such employees have improperly disclosed to us the confidential or proprietary information of these former employers. Any such claim, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation and distract management from day-to-day operations. If we are not successful in defending such claims, we could be required to stop selling, delay shipments of, or redesign our products, pay monetary amounts as damages, enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, or satisfy indemnification obligations that we have with some of our customers. We cannot assure you that any royalty or licensing arrangements that we may seek in such circumstances will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
 
In addition, we license and use software from third parties in our business. These third party software licenses may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all, and may expose us to additional liability. This liability, or our inability to use any of this third party software, could result in shipment delays or other disruptions in our business that could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
 
If we do not protect our proprietary information and prevent third parties from making unauthorized use of our products and technology, our financial results could be harmed.
 
Most of our software and underlying technology is proprietary. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a combination of confidentiality agreements and procedures and through copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secret laws. However, all of these measures afford only limited protection and may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented by third parties. Third parties may copy all or portions of our products or otherwise obtain, use, distribute, and sell our proprietary information without authorization. Third parties may also develop similar or superior technology independently by designing around our patents. Our shrink-wrap license agreements are not signed by licensees and therefore may be unenforceable under the laws of some jurisdictions. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries do not offer the same level of protection of our proprietary rights as the laws of the U.S., and we may be subject to unauthorized use of our products in those countries. The unauthorized copying or use of our products or proprietary information could result in reduced sales of our products. Any legal action to protect proprietary information that we may bring or be engaged in with a strategic partner or vendor could adversely affect our ability to access software, operating system, and hardware platforms of such partner or vendor, or cause such partner or vendor to choose not to offer our products to their customers. In addition, any legal action to protect proprietary information that we may bring or be engaged in, alone or through our alliances with the Business Software Alliance (“BSA”), or the Software & Information Industry Association (“SIIA”), could be costly, may distract management from day-to-day operations, and may lead to additional claims against us, which could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Some of our products contain “open source” software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.
 
Certain of our products are distributed with software licensed by its authors or other third parties under so-called “open source” licenses, which may include, by way of example, the GNU General Public License (“GPL”), GNU Lesser General Public License (“LGPL”), the Mozilla Public License, the BSD License, and the Apache


19


Table of Contents

License. Some of these licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. We have established processes to help alleviate these risks, including a review process for screening requests from our development organizations for the use of open source, but we cannot be sure that all open source is submitted for approval prior to use in our products. In addition, many of the risks associated with usage of open source cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business.
 
Our software products and website may be subject to intentional disruption that could adversely impact our reputation and future sales.
 
Although we believe we have sufficient controls in place to prevent intentional disruptions, we expect to be an ongoing target of attacks specifically designed to impede the performance of our products and harm our reputation as a company. Similarly, experienced computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security or the security of our website and misappropriate proprietary information and/or cause interruptions of our services. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. The theft and/or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information as a result of such an event could adversely affect our competitive position, reputation, brand and future sales of our products, and our customers may assert claims against us related to resulting losses of confidential or proprietary information. Our business could be subject to significant disruption, and we could suffer monetary and other losses and reputational harm, in the event of such incidents and claims.
 
Increased customer demands on our technical support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.
 
We offer technical support services with many of our products. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors or successfully integrate support for our customers. Further customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results.
 
We have outsourced a substantial portion of our worldwide consumer support functions to third party service providers. If these companies experience financial difficulties, do not maintain sufficiently skilled workers and resources to satisfy our contracts, or otherwise fail to perform at a sufficient level under these contracts, the level of support services to our customers may be significantly disrupted, which could materially harm our relationships with these customers.
 
Accounting charges may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results.
 
Our financial results have been in the past, and may continue to be in the future, materially affected by non-cash and other accounting charges, including:
 
  •  Amortization of intangible assets, including acquired product rights
 
  •  Impairment of goodwill
 
  •  Stock-based compensation expense
 
  •  Restructuring charges
 
  •  Impairment of long-lived assets
 
  •  Loss on sale of a business and similar write-downs of assets held for sale


20


Table of Contents

 
For example, during fiscal 2009, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $7.4 billion, resulting in a significant net loss for the year. Goodwill is evaluated annually for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant as we determined they did in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, and our evaluation depends to a large degree on estimates and assumptions made by our management. Our assessment of any impairment of goodwill is based on a comparison of the fair value of each of our reporting units to the carrying value of that reporting unit. Our determination of fair value relies on management’s assumptions of our future revenues, operating costs, and other relevant factors. If management’s estimates of future operating results change, or if there are changes to other key assumptions such as the discount rate applied to future operating results, the estimate of the fair value of our reporting units could change significantly, which could result in a goodwill impairment charge. In addition, we evaluate our other long-lived assets, including intangible assets whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that the value of these assets might be impaired. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we could incur an impairment charge against the value of these assets.
 
The foregoing types of accounting charges may also be incurred in connection with or as a result of other business acquisitions. The price of our common stock could decline to the extent that our financial results are materially affected by the foregoing accounting charges.
 
Our effective tax rate may increase, which could increase our income tax expense and reduce (increase) our net income (loss).
 
Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:
 
  •  Changes in the relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates
 
  •  Changing tax laws, regulations, and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate as well as the requirements of certain tax rulings
 
  •  The tax effects of purchase accounting for acquisitions and restructuring charges that may cause fluctuations between reporting periods
 
  •  Tax assessments, or any related tax interest or penalties, could significantly affect our income tax expense for the period in which the settlements take place.
 
The price of our common stock could decline if our financial results are materially affected by an adverse change in our effective tax rate.
 
We report our results of operations based on our determinations of the amount of taxes owed in the various tax jurisdictions in which we operate. From time to time, we receive notices that a tax authority in a particular jurisdiction in which we are subject to taxes has determined that we owe a greater amount of tax than we have reported to such authority. We are regularly engaged in discussions and sometimes disputes with these tax authorities. We are engaged in disputes of this nature at this time. If the ultimate determination of our taxes owed in any of these jurisdictions is for an amount in excess of the tax provision we have recorded or reserved for, our operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Fluctuations in our quarterly financial results have affected the price of our common stock in the past and could affect our stock price in the future.
 
Our quarterly financial results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to vary significantly in the future due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and which could adversely affect our operations and operating results. If our quarterly financial results or our predictions of future financial results fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, our stock price could be negatively affected. Any volatility in our quarterly financial results may make it more difficult for us to raise capital in the future or pursue acquisitions that involve issuances of our stock. Our operating results for prior periods may not be effective predictors of our future performance.


21


Table of Contents

Factors associated with our industry, the operation of our business, and the markets for our products may cause our quarterly financial results to fluctuate, including:
 
  •  Reduced demand for any of our products
 
  •  Entry of new competition into our markets
 
  •  Competitive pricing pressure for one or more of our classes of products
 
  •  Our ability to timely complete the release of new or enhanced versions of our products
 
  •  Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates
 
  •  The number, severity, and timing of threat outbreaks (e.g. worms and viruses)
 
  •  Our resellers making a substantial portion of their purchases near the end of each quarter
 
  •  Enterprise customers’ tendency to negotiate site licenses near the end of each quarter
 
  •  Cancellation, deferral, or limitation of orders by customers
 
  •  Movement in interest rates
 
  •  The rate of adoption of new product technologies and new releases of operating systems
 
  •  Weakness or uncertainty in general economic or industry conditions in any of the multiple markets in which we operate that could reduce customer demand and ability to pay for our products and services
 
  •  Political and military instability, which could slow spending within our target markets, delay sales cycles, and otherwise adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and operate effectively
 
  •  Budgetary constraints of customers, which are influenced by corporate earnings and government budget cycles and spending objectives
 
  •  Disruptions in our business operations or target markets caused by, among other things, earthquakes, floods, or other natural disasters affecting our headquarters located in Silicon Valley, California, an area known for seismic activity, or our other locations worldwide
 
  •  Acts of war or terrorism
 
  •  Intentional disruptions by third parties
 
  •  Health or similar issues, such as a pandemic
 
Any of the foregoing factors could cause the trading price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.
 
Our stock price may be volatile in the future, and you could lose the value of your investment.
 
The market price of our common stock has experienced significant fluctuations in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future, and as a result you could lose the value of your investment. The market price of our common stock may be affected by a number of factors, including:
 
  •  Announcements of quarterly operating results and revenue and earnings forecasts by us that fail to meet or be consistent with our earlier projections or the expectations of our investors or securities analysts
 
  •  Announcements by either our competitors or customers that fail to meet or be consistent with their earlier projections or the expectations of our investors or securities analysts
 
  •  Rumors, announcements, or press articles regarding our competitors’ operations, management, organization, financial condition, or financial statements
 
  •  Changes in revenue and earnings estimates by us, our investors, or securities analysts
 
  •  Accounting charges, including charges relating to the impairment of goodwill
 
  •  Announcements of planned acquisitions or dispositions by us or by our competitors


22


Table of Contents

 
  •  Announcements of new or planned products by us, our competitors, or our customers
 
  •  Gain or loss of a significant customer
 
  •  Inquiries by the SEC, NASDAQ, law enforcement, or other regulatory bodies
 
  •  Acts of terrorism, the threat of war, and other crises or emergency situations
 
  •  Economic slowdowns or the perception of an oncoming economic slowdown in any of the major markets in which we operate
 
The stock market in general, and the market prices of stocks of technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price volatility that has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the market price of our common stock for reasons unrelated to our business or operating results.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
There are currently no unresolved issues with respect to any Commission staff’s written comments that were received at least 180 days before the end of our fiscal year to which this report relates and that relate to our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act.
 
Item 2.    Properties
 
Our properties consist primarily of owned and leased office facilities for sales, research and development, administrative, customer service, and technical support personnel. Our corporate headquarters is located in Mountain View, California in a 667,000 square foot facility, of which 592,000 square feet is owned and 75,000 square feet is leased. We also lease an additional 83,000 square feet in the San Francisco Bay Area. Our leased facilities are occupied under leases that expire at various times through 2029. The following table presents the approximate square footage of our facilities as of April 2, 2010 (in thousands) :
 
                 
    Approximate Total Square
 
    Footage (1)  
Location
  Owned     Leased  
 
Americas
    1,721       1,378  
Europe, Middle East, and Africa
    285       688  
Asia Pacific/Japan
          1,355  
                 
Total
    2,006       3,421  
                 
 
 
(1) Included in the total square footage above are vacant, available-for-lease properties totaling approximately 253,000 square feet, and certain properties currently held-for-sale totaling approximately 251,000 square feet. Total square footage excludes approximately 180,000 square feet relating to facilities subleased to third parties.
 
We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that the productive capacity of our facilities is substantially utilized, except for assets held for sale.
 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
 
Information with respect to this Item may be found under the heading “Litigation Contingencies” in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report which information is incorporated into this Item 3 by reference.
 
Item 4.    Removed and Reserved
 


23


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market for Our Common Stock
 
Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SYMC.” The high and low sales prices set forth below are as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal 2010   Fiscal 2009
    First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
 
High
  $ 19.16     $ 18.28     $ 17.71     $ 18.17     $ 16.35     $ 17.27     $ 22.80     $ 21.95  
Low
  $ 16.13     $ 15.68     $ 14.65     $ 13.97     $ 12.54     $ 10.05     $ 16.88     $ 16.53  
 
As of April 2, 2010, there were 2,502 stockholders of record of Symantec common stock. Symantec has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings for use in our business, and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.
 
Repurchases of our equity securities
 
Stock repurchases during the three months ended April 2, 2010 were as follows:
 
                                 
                      Maximum Dollar
 
                      Value of Shares
 
                      That May Yet be
 
                Total Number of Shares
    Purchased Under
 
    Total Number of
    Average Price
    Purchased Under Publicly
    the Plans
 
    Shares Purchased     Paid Per Share     Announced Plans or Programs     or Programs  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
January 2, 2010 to January 29, 2010
        $           $ 936  
January 30, 2010 to February 26, 2010
    10     $ 16.95       10     $ 756  
February 27, 2010 to April 2, 2010
    1     $ 16.67       1     $ 747  
                                 
Total
    11     $ 16.93       11          
                                 
 
We have had stock repurchase programs in the past and have repurchased shares on a quarterly basis since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 under new and existing programs. Our current program was authorized by our Board of Directors on October 27, 2009 to repurchase up to $1 billion of our common stock. This program does not have an expiration date, and as of April 2, 2010, $747 million remained authorized for future repurchases. For information with regard to our stock repurchase programs, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report.


24


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graphs
 
These performance graphs shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Symantec under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
 
Comparison of cumulative total return — March 31, 2005 to March 31, 2010
 
The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Symantec common stock from March 31, 2005 to March 31, 2010 with the cumulative total return on the S&P 500 Composite Index and the S&P Information Technology Index over the same period (assuming the investment of $100 in Symantec common stock and in each of the other indices on March 31, 2005, and reinvestment of all dividends, although no dividends other than stock dividends have been declared on Symantec common stock). The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of Symantec common stock.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Symantec Corporation, The S & P 500 Index
And The S & P Information Technology Index
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
*$100 invested on 3/31/05 in stock or index. Fiscal year ending March 31.
 
                                                             
      3/05     3/06     3/07     3/08     3/09     3/10
Symantec Corporation
      100.00         78.90         81.11         77.92         70.04         79.36  
S & P 500
      100.00         111.73         124.95         118.60         73.43         109.97  
S & P Information Technology
      100.00         113.53         117.05         116.55         81.51         128.79  
                                                             


25


Table of Contents

Comparison of cumulative total return — June 23, 1989 to March 31, 2010
 
The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Symantec common stock from June 23, 1989 (the date of Symantec’s initial public offering) to March 31, 2010 with the cumulative total return on the S&P 500 Composite Index and the S&P Information Technology Index over the same period (assuming the investment of $100 in Symantec common stock and in each of the other indices on June 30, 1989, and reinvestment of all dividends, although no dividends other than stock dividends have been declared on Symantec common stock). Symantec has provided this additional data to provide the perspective of a longer time period which is consistent with Symantec’s history as a public company. The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of Symantec common stock.
 
COMPARISON OF 21 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Symantec Corporation, The S & P 500 Index
And S & P Information Technology Index
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
*$100 invested on 6/23/89 in stock or 5/31/89 in index. Fiscal year ending March 31.
 
                                                                                                               
      6/89     3/90     3/91     3/92     3/93     3/94     3/95     3/96     3/97     3/98     3/99
Symantec Corporation
      100.00         173.91         419.57         743.48         223.91         271.74         400.00         223.91         247.83         468.48         294.57  
S & P 500
      100.00         108.97         124.68         138.45         159.53         161.88         187.08         247.13         296.13         438.26         519.16  
S & P Information Technology
      100.00         102.38         120.64         135.21         154.40         181.96         247.95         326.72         469.94         721.22         1214.78  
                                                                                                               
 
                                                                                                               
      3/00     3/01     3/02     3/03     3/04     3/05     3/06     3/07     3/08     3/09     3/10
Symantec Corporation
      1306.52         727.17         1433.39         1362.78         3220.87         2967.65         2341.57         2406.96         2312.35         2078.61         2355.13  
S & P 500
      612.32         479.59         480.75         361.71         488.74         521.45         582.60         651.53         618.45         382.89         573.44  
S&P Information Technology
      2408.83         1014.28         1015.67         723.85         1044.49         1035.64         1198.01         1246.05         1247.31         898.40         1418.57  
                                                                                                               


26


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
 
The following selected consolidated financial data is derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report. This data is qualified in its entirety by and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in this annual report and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Historical results may not be indicative of future results.
 
During the past five fiscal years, we have made the following significant acquisitions:
 
  •  AppStream, Inc., SwapDrive, Inc., PC Tools Pty. Limited, MessageLabs Group Limited during fiscal 2009
 
  •  Altiris Inc. and Vontu Inc. during fiscal 2008
 
  •  Veritas Software Corporation, WholeSecurity, Inc., Sygate Technologies, Inc., BindView Development Corporation, IMlogic, Inc., Relicore, Inc. during fiscal 2006
 
Each of these acquisitions was accounted for as a business purchase and, accordingly, the operating results of these businesses have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report since their respective dates of acquisition.
 
Five-Year Summary
 
                                         
    Fiscal (a,b)
    2010 (c)   2009   2008   2007 (d)   2006 (e)
    (In millions, except per share data)
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Net revenue
  $ 5,985     $ 6,150     $ 5,874     $ 5,199     $ 4,143  
Operating income (loss) (f)
    933       (6,470 )     602       520       274  
Net income (loss) (f)
  $ 714     $ (6,786 )   $ 410     $ 366     $ 157  
Net income (loss) per share — basic (f)
  $ 0.88     $ (8.17 )   $ 0.47     $ 0.38     $ 0.16  
Net income (loss) per share — diluted (f)
  $ 0.87     $ (8.17 )   $ 0.46     $ 0.37     $ 0.15  
Shares used to compute earnings per share — basic
    810       831       868       961       999  
Shares used to compute earnings per share — diluted
    819       831       884       983       1,026  
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    3,029       1,793       1,890       2,559       2,316  
Total assets (f)
    11,232       10,638       18,085       17,743       17,913  
Convertible subordinated notes (g)
                            513  
Convertible Senior Notes (h)
    1,871       1,766       1,669       1,578        
Other long-term liabilities (i)
    50       90       106       21       25  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 4,548     $ 4,147     $ 11,229     $ 11,911     $ 13,668  
 
 
(a) We have a 52/53-week fiscal year. Fiscal 2010, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was comprised of 52 weeks of operations. Fiscal 2009 was comprised of 53 weeks of operations.
 
(b) The summary reflects adjustments for the retrospective adoption of new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.
 
(c) In the fourth quarter fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on revenue recognition. Our adoption of this guidance was applied to the beginning of our fiscal year and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Our joint venture also adopted this guidance during its period ended December 31, 2009, which was applied to the beginning of its fiscal year. As a result of the joint venture’s adoption of the guidance, our net income increased by $12 million during our fiscal 2010.


27


Table of Contents

 
(d) In fiscal 2007, we adopted new authoritative guidance on share-based compensation. The adoption resulted in stock-based compensation charges of $155 million, $157 million, $164 million, and $154 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
 
(e) We acquired Veritas Software Corporation on July 2, 2005 and its results of operations are included from the date of acquisition.
 
(f) During fiscal 2009, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $7.4 billion. For more information, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report.
 
(g) In fiscal 2006, in connection with our acquisition of Veritas, we assumed $520 million of 0.25% convertible subordinated notes. These notes were paid off in their entirety in August 2006.
 
(h) In fiscal 2007, we issued $1.1 billion principal amount of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes and $1.0 billion principal amount of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes. For more information, see Notes 1 and 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report.
 
(i) Beginning in fiscal 2008, we entered into OEM placement fee contracts, which is the primary driver for the increase in liabilities.
 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
OVERVIEW
 
Our Business
 
Symantec is a global provider of security, storage and systems management solutions that help businesses and consumers secure and manage their information. We provide customers worldwide with software and services that protect, manage and control information risks related to security, data protection, storage, compliance, and systems management. We help our customers manage cost, complexity and compliance by protecting their IT infrastructure as they seek to maximize value from their IT investments.
 
Fiscal Calendar
 
We have a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Friday closest to March 31. Unless otherwise stated, references to fiscal years in this report relate to fiscal year and periods ended April 2, 2010, April 3, 2009 and March 28, 2008. Fiscal 2010 and 2008 each consisted of 52 weeks, while fiscal 2009 consisted of 53 weeks. Our 2011 fiscal year will consist of 52 weeks and will end on April 1, 2011.
 
Our Operating Segments
 
Our operating segments are significant strategic business units that offer different products and services, distinguished by customer needs. Since the March 2008 quarter, we have operated in five operating segments: Consumer, Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, Services, and Other. During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we changed our reporting segments to better align to our operating structure, resulting in the Enterprise Vault products that were formerly included in the Security and Compliance segment being moved to the Storage and Server Management segment. Also, our SaaS offerings moved to either the Security and Compliance segment or the Storage and Server Management segment from the Services segment, based on the nature of the service delivered. As a result, the revenue contribution from our SaaS offering primarily benefited our Security and Compliance segment following the move. We revised the segment information for the prior year to conform to the new presentation. For further descriptions of our operating segments, see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report. Our reportable segments are the same as our operating segments.
 
Financial Results and Trends
 
Revenue decreased for fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The challenging economic environment resulted in corporate IT budgets being reduced and spending has slowed from previous levels. Smaller IT budgets have led some of our corporate customers to purchase smaller volumes of our products, particularly in the Storage and Server Management segment. In addition, our storage business within the Storage and Server Management segment has


28


Table of Contents

been adversely affected for the last several quarters by the deceleration of demand in the server market. Additionally, we were also particularly affected by lower new license sales of our storage products on the Solaris platform. If the economic conditions affecting global markets continue or IT spending remains tight, we may continue to experience slower or negative revenue growth and our business and operating results might suffer. In light of these economic conditions, we will continue to align our cost structure with our revenue expectations. During fiscal 2010, we experienced significantly higher year-over-year OEM placement fee payments resulting from an increase in PC unit shipments on which our products were bundled. These increased payments had an adverse impact on our operating income and operating margins during the fiscal 2010 periods, particularly for our Consumer segment. We expect to see the revenue benefit from these increased placement fees in future periods.
 
We launched a new, internally-developed and operated eCommerce platform during fiscal 2010 that will replace the current online store for the company’s Norton-branded consumer products worldwide, excluding Japan. We believe this will improve our ability to identify and capitalize on emerging customer needs and market trends and enhance the end-to-end experience our customers have with us. We have been transitioning customers to the new online store in a phased approach. The new online store is gradually ramping up worldwide coverage and is expected to reach full capacity by June 30, 2010. The development and roll-out of our new eCommerce platform adversely affected the operating margins for our Consumer segment during fiscal 2010.
 
The fees we have paid to Digital River have historically been recorded as an offset to revenue. As a result of bringing the eCommerce business in-house, our consumer revenue is expected to increase due to the elimination of this offset to revenue. We expect revenue to increase in the range of $80 to $100 million in fiscal 2011 from this change. Conversely, the cost of running our own eCommerce platform will be classified primarily in operating expenses with some amounts flowing through cost of revenue. Therefore, operating expenses and cost of goods sold will both rise by a corresponding amount in 2011 and we believe the net impact to earnings per share for 2011 will be neutral. Over time, we expect our new eCommerce strategy to increase consumer operating margins. We expect to capture the differential between what we have traditionally paid Digital River and the ongoing cost of operating our own eCommerce platform.
 
Fluctuations in the U.S. dollar compared to foreign currencies favorably impacted our international revenue by approximately $14 million for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. Foreign currency fluctuations had relatively little overall impact on our international revenue growth for fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. We are unable to predict the extent to which revenue in future periods will be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If our level of international sales and expenses increase in the future, changes in foreign exchange rates may have a potentially greater impact on our revenue and operating results.
 
As discussed above under “Fiscal Calendar,” fiscal 2010 and 2008 consisted of 52 weeks, whereas fiscal 2009 consisted of 53 weeks. The extra week contributed to additional amortization of deferred revenue of approximately $75 million in fiscal 2009.
 
Our net income was $714 million for fiscal 2010 and was positively impacted by a decrease of $128 million in cost of revenue related to certain acquired product rights from our acquisition of Veritas becoming fully amortized during the first quarter of our fiscal 2010. Net income was also positively impacted by a $78.5 million tax benefit in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 resulting from the December 2009 Veritas v. Commissioner U.S. Tax Court decision relating to the Veritas 2000 and 2001 tax years. In addition, net income for fiscal 2010 was positively impacted by $47 million of net gain from the liquidation of certain foreign legal entities.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in this annual report in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, requires us to make estimates, which include judgments and assumptions, that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We have based our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates on a regular basis and make changes accordingly. Historically, our critical accounting estimates have not differed materially from actual results; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different conditions. If


29


Table of Contents

actual results differ from these estimates and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our Consolidated Statements of Operations, and in certain situations, could have a material adverse effect on liquidity and our financial condition.
 
A critical accounting estimate is based on judgments and assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made. Different estimates that reasonably could have been used or changes in accounting estimates could materially impact the operating results or financial condition. We believe that the estimates described below represent our critical accounting estimates, as they have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. See also Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize revenue in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that have been prescribed for the software industry. We recognize revenue primarily pursuant to the requirements under the authoritative guidance on software revenue recognition, and any applicable amendments or modifications. Revenue recognition requirements in the software industry are very complex and require us to make many estimates.
 
For arrangements that include multiple elements, including perpetual software licenses and maintenance and/or services, packaged products with content updates, managed security services, and subscriptions, we allocate and defer revenue for the undelivered items based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value of the undelivered elements, and recognize the difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered items as revenue. Our deferred revenue consists primarily of the unamortized balance of enterprise product maintenance, consumer product content updates, and arrangements where VSOE does not exist, such as managed security services and subscriptions. Deferred revenue totaled approximately $3.2 billion as of April 2, 2010, of which $371 million was classified as Long-term deferred revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. VSOE of each element is based on the price for which the undelivered element is sold separately. We determine fair value of the undelivered elements based on historical evidence of our stand-alone sales of these elements to third parties or from the stated renewal rate for the undelivered elements. When VSOE does not exist for undelivered items, the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the performance period. Changes to the elements in a software arrangement, the ability to identify VSOE for those elements, the fair value of the respective elements, and increasing flexibility in contractual arrangements could materially impact the amount recognized in the current period and deferred over time.
 
For arrangements that include both software and non-software elements that are within the scope of the newly adopted accounting standards, further described below under “Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance”, we allocate revenue to the software deliverables as a group and non-software deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the new accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“ESP”). When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP to allocate the arrangement fees to the deliverables.
 
For our consumer products that include content updates, we recognize revenue and the associated cost of revenue ratably over the term of the subscription upon sell-through to end-users, as the subscription period commences on the date of sale to the end-user. We defer revenue and cost of revenue amounts for unsold product held by our distributors and resellers.
 
We expect our distributors and resellers to maintain adequate inventory of consumer packaged products to meet future customer demand, which is generally four or six weeks of customer demand based on recent buying trends. We ship product to our distributors and resellers at their request and based on valid purchase orders. Our distributors and resellers base the quantity of orders on their estimates to meet future customer demand, which may exceed the expected level of a four or six week supply. We offer limited rights of return if the inventory held by our distributors and resellers is below the expected level of a four or six week supply. We estimate future returns under these limited rights of return in accordance with the authoritative guidance on revenue recognition. We typically offer liberal rights of return if inventory held by our distributors and resellers exceeds the expected level. Because


30


Table of Contents

we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of excess inventory that will be returned, we primarily offset deferred revenue against trade accounts receivable for the amount of revenue in excess of the expected inventory levels.
 
Arrangements for managed security services and SaaS offerings are generally offered to our customers over a specified period of time, and we recognize the related revenue ratably over the maintenance, subscription, or service period.
 
Reserves for product returns.   We reserve for estimated product returns as an offset to revenue based primarily on historical trends. We fully reserve for obsolete products in the distribution channels as an offset to deferred revenue. If we made different estimates, material differences could result in the amount and timing of our net revenues for any period presented. More or less product may be returned than what was estimated and/or the amount of inventory in the channel could be different than what was estimated. These factors and unanticipated changes in the economic and industry environment could make actual results differ from our return estimates.
 
Reserves for rebates.   We estimate and record reserves for channel and end-user rebates as an offset to revenue. For consumer products that include content updates, rebates are recorded as a ratable offset to revenue over the term of the subscription. Our estimated reserves for channel volume incentive rebates are based on distributors’ and resellers’ actual performance against the terms and conditions of volume incentive rebate programs, which are typically entered into quarterly. Our reserves for end-user rebates are estimated based on the terms and conditions of the promotional programs, actual sales during the promotion, amount of actual redemptions received, historical redemption trends by product and by type of promotional program, and the value of the rebate. We also consider current market conditions and economic trends when estimating our reserves for rebates. If actual redemptions differ from our estimates, material differences may result in the amount and timing of our net revenues for any period presented.
 
Valuation of goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets
 
When we acquire businesses, we allocate the purchase price to tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are based on information obtained from management of the acquired companies and historical experience. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted-average cost of capital, and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and if different estimates were used the purchase price for the acquisition could be allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities differently from the allocation that we have made. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates, and if such events occur we may be required to record a charge against the value ascribed to an acquired asset or an increase in the amounts recorded for assumed liabilities.
 
Goodwill.   We review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, and on an interim basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable, at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units are consistent with our operating segments. Before performing the goodwill impairment test, we first assess the value of long-lived assets in each reporting unit, including tangible and intangible assets. We then perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the estimated fair value of equity of each reporting unit to its allocated carrying value (book value) of equity. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the equity associated with that unit, there is an indicator of impairment and we must perform the second step of the impairment test. This second step involves determining the implied fair value of that reporting unit’s goodwill in a manner similar to the purchase price allocation for an acquired business, using the reporting unit’s calculated fair value as an assumed purchase price. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the excess.
 
The process of estimating the fair value and carrying value of our reporting units’ equity requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. Many assets and liabilities, such as accounts receivable and property and equipment, are not specifically allocated to an individual reporting unit, and therefore, we apply judgment to


31


Table of Contents

allocate the assets and liabilities, and this allocation affects the carrying value of the respective reporting units. Similarly, we use judgment to allocate goodwill to the reporting units based on relative fair values. The use of relative fair values has been necessary for certain reporting units due to changes in our operating structure in prior years. To determine a reporting unit’s fair value, we use the income approach under which we calculate the fair value of each reporting unit based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of that unit. We evaluate the reasonableness of this approach with the market approach, which involves a review of the carrying value of our assets relative to our market capitalization and to the valuation of publicly traded companies operating in the same or similar lines of business.
 
Applying the income approach requires that we make a number of important estimates and assumptions. We estimate the future cash flows of each reporting unit based on historical and forecasted revenue and operating costs. This, in turn, involves further estimates, such as estimates of future revenue and expense growth rates and foreign exchange rates. In addition, we apply a discount rate to the estimated future cash flows for the purpose of the valuation. This discount rate is based on the estimated weighted-average cost of capital for each reporting unit and may change from year to year. For example, in our valuation process in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 we used a lower discount rate than in the prior year due to stabilized risk associated with the global economic conditions. Changes in these key estimates and assumptions, or in other assumptions used in this process, could materially affect our impairment analysis for a given year.
 
As of April 2, 2010, our goodwill balance was $4.6 billion. Based on the impairment analysis performed on January 2, 2010, we determined that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of the unit by more than 20% of the carrying value. While discount rates are only one of several important estimates used in the analysis, we determined that an increase of one percentage point in the discount rate used for each respective reporting unit would not have resulted in an impairment indicator for any unit at the time of this analysis.
 
A number of factors, many of which we have no ability to control, could affect our financial condition, operating results and business prospects and could cause actual results to differ from the estimates and assumptions we employed. These factors include:
 
  •  a prolonged global economic crisis;
 
  •  a significant decrease in the demand for our products;
 
  •  the inability to develop new and enhanced products and services in a timely manner;
 
  •  a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate;
 
  •  an adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
 
  •  successful efforts by our competitors to gain market share in our markets;
 
  •  a loss of key personnel;
 
  •  our determination to dispose of one or more of our reporting units;
 
  •  the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and
 
  •  recognition of a goodwill impairment loss
 
Intangible Assets.   We assess the impairment of identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset group’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. In addition, for intangible assets with indefinite lives, we review such assets for impairment on an annual basis consistent with the timing of the annual evaluation for goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the sum of the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. Such impairment loss would be measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset group and its fair value. Our cash flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating costs, and other relevant factors. If management’s estimates of future operating results change, or if there are changes to other assumptions, the estimate of the fair value of our identifiable intangible assets could change significantly. Such change could result in impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.


32


Table of Contents

We record impairment charges on developed technology or acquired product rights when we determine that the net realizable value of the assets may not be recoverable. To determine the net realizable value of the assets, we use the estimated future gross revenue from each product. Our estimated future gross revenue of each product is based on company forecasts and is subject to change.
 
Long-Lived Assets (including Assets Held for Sale).   We assess long-lived assets to be held and used for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the long-lived assets may not be recoverable. Based on the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we measure any impairment of long-lived assets based on a projected undiscounted cash flow method using assumptions determined by management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. Our estimates of cash flows require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors which could change and cause a material impact to our operating results or financial condition. We record impairment charges on long-lived assets held for sale when we determine that the carrying value of the long-lived assets may not be recoverable. In determining our fair value, we obtain and consider market value appraisal information from third-parties.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The assessment of fair value for our financial instruments is based on the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements which establishes a fair value hierarchy that is based on three levels of inputs and requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
 
We use inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes and other similar data which are obtained from independent pricing vendors, quoted market prices or other sources to determine the ultimate fair value of our assets and liabilities. We use such pricing data as the primary input, to which we have not made any material adjustments, to make our assessments and determinations as to the ultimate valuation of our investment portfolio, and we are ultimately responsible for the financial statements and underlying estimates. The fair value and inputs are reviewed for reasonableness, may be further validated by comparison to publicly available information and could be adjusted based on market indices or other information that management deems material to their estimate of fair value.
 
As of April 2, 2010, our financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis included $2.4 billion of assets. Our cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds, bank securities, and government securities and represent 99% of our total financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
As of April 2, 2010, $2.1 billion of investments were classified as Level 1, most of which represents investments in money market funds. These were classified as Level 1 because their valuations were based on quoted prices for identical securities in active markets. Determining fair value for Level 1 instruments generally does not require significant management judgment.
 
As of April 2, 2010, $342 million of investments were classified as Level 2, of which $216 million and $116 million (representing a combined 97% of Level 2 financial instruments) represent investments in bank securities and government securities, respectively. These were classified as Level 2 because either (1) the estimated fair value is based on the fair value of similar securities or (2) their valuations were based on pricing models with all significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market prices for identical securities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets). Level 2 inputs generally are based on non-binding market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data; quoted prices for similar instruments; and/or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated with observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities or quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities. While determining the fair value for Level 2 instruments does not necessarily require significant management judgment, it generally involves the following level of judgment and subjectivity:
 
  •  Determining whether a market is considered active- An assessment of an active market for marketable securities generally takes into consideration whether a trading market exists for a given instrument or trading volume for each instrument type. Our Level 2 financial instruments were classified due to either low trading


33


Table of Contents

  activity in active markets or no active market existing. For those securities where no active market existed, amortized cost was used and approximates fair value because of their short maturities. For certain financial instruments classified as Level 2 as of April 2, 2010, we used identical securities for determining fair value.
 
  •  Determining which model-derived valuations to use in determining fair value- When observable market prices for identical securities or similar securities are not available, we may price marketable securities using: non-binding market consensus prices that are corroborated with observable market data; or pricing models, such as discounted cash flow approaches, with all significant inputs derived from or corroborated with observable market data. In addition, the credit ratings for issuers of debt instruments in which we are invested could change, which could lead to lower fair values. As of April 2, 2010, the fair value of $6 million of fixed-income securities was determined using benchmark pricing models for identical or similar securities.
 
As of April 2, 2010, we have no financial instruments with unobservable inputs classified in Level 3 under the hierarchy set forth under the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements. Level 3 instruments generally would include unobservable inputs to be used in the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities. The determination of fair value for Level 3 instruments requires the most management judgment and subjectivity.
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.
 
Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the term of the options, actual and projected employee stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends.
 
We estimate the expected life of options granted based on an analysis of our historical experience of employee exercise and post-vesting termination behavior considered in relation to the contractual life of the option. Expected volatility is based on the average of historical volatility for the period commensurate with the expected life of the option and the implied volatility of traded options. The risk free interest rate is equal to the U.S. Treasury constant maturity rates for the period equal to the expected life. We do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, our expected dividend yield is zero.
 
In accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation, we only record stock-based compensation expense for awards that are expected to vest. As a result, judgment is also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. Although we estimate forfeitures based on historical experience, actual forfeitures may differ. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted when we record a true-up for the difference in the period that the awards vest.
 
Contingencies and Litigation
 
We evaluate contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on contingencies. We assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes from a potential claim or legal proceeding, as well as potential ranges of probable losses, when the outcomes of the claims or proceedings are probable and reasonably estimable. A determination of the amount of accrued liabilities required, if any, for these contingencies is made after the analysis of each separate matter. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, we base our estimates on the information available at the time of our assessment. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to its pending claims and litigation and


34


Table of Contents

may revise our estimates. Any revisions in the estimates of potential liabilities could have a material impact on our operating results and financial position.
 
Income Taxes
 
We are required to compute our income taxes in each federal, state, and international jurisdiction in which we operate. This process requires that we estimate the current tax exposure as well as assess temporary differences between the accounting and tax treatment of assets and liabilities, including items such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. The income tax effects of the differences we identify are classified as current or long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our judgments, assumptions, and estimates relative to the current provision for income tax take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws, and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Changes in tax laws or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and future tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
We account for uncertain tax issues pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, refinement of estimates, or realization of earnings or deductions that differ from our estimates. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.
 
We must also assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable income and, based on this assessment establish a valuation allowance, if required. Our determination of our valuation allowance is based upon a number of assumptions, judgments, and estimates, including forecasted earnings, future taxable income, and the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or change the valuation allowance in a period, we reflect the change with a corresponding increase or decrease to our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
In July 2008, we reached an agreement with the IRS concerning our eligibility to claim a lower tax rate on a distribution made from a Veritas foreign subsidiary prior to the July 2005 acquisition. The distribution was intended to be made pursuant to the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, and therefore eligible for a 5.25% effective U.S. federal rate of tax, in lieu of the 35% statutory rate. The final impact of this agreement is not yet known since this relates to the taxability of earnings that are otherwise the subject of the tax years 2000-2001 transfer pricing dispute which in turn is being addressed in the U.S. Tax Court. To the extent that we owe taxes as a result of the transfer pricing dispute, we anticipate that the incremental tax due from this negotiated agreement will decrease. We currently estimate that the most probable outcome from this negotiated agreement will be that we will owe $13 million or less, for which an accrual has already been made. We made a payment of $130 million to the IRS for this matter in May 2006. We applied $110 million of this payment as a deposit on the outstanding transfer pricing matter for the tax years 2000-2004.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Total Net Revenue
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Net revenue
  $ 5,985     $ (165 )     (3 )%   $ 6,150     $ 276       5 %   $ 5,874  


35


Table of Contents

Net revenue decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to a $336 million decrease in License revenue partially offset by a $171 million increase in Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue. The net decrease was primarily due to decreased license revenue from our Storage and Server Management segment as a result of the overall market weakness in server sales and tight IT spending due to the global economic slowdown and the uncertainty surrounding the acquisition of Sun Microsystems, Inc. by Oracle Corporation. This decrease was partially offset by strength in our Consumer segment and the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Net revenue increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to a $302 million increase in Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue. This increase was primarily related to increased revenue in our Storage and Server Management and Services segments and the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue
  $ 5,034     $ 171       4 %   $ 4,863     $ 302       7 %   $ 4,561  
Percentage of total net revenue
    84 %                     79 %                     78 %
 
Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue increased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as a result of strength in our Consumer segment primarily due to increases in revenue from acquired security products and the gradual global ramp up of our eCommerce platform, as well as revenue from our fiscal 2009 acquisitions of MessageLabs and PC Tools, and the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to an aggregate increase in content, subscription and maintenance revenue from the Storage and Server Management and Services segments of $237 million. The increase in these two segments’ revenue was largely attributable to demand for our Storage and Server Management products and consulting services as a result of increased demand for security and storage solutions. This increased demand was driven by the proliferation of structured and unstructured data and increasing sales of services in conjunction with our license sales. The increased demand was also a result of our focus on offering our customers a more comprehensive IT solution. Furthermore, growth in our customer base through acquisitions and new license sales resulted in an increase to Content, subscription, and maintenance revenue because a large number of our customers renew their annual maintenance contracts.
 
License revenue
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
License revenue
  $ 951     $ (336 )     (26 )%   $ 1,287     $ (26 )     (2 )%   $ 1,313  
Percentage of total net revenue
    16 %                     21 %                     22 %
 
License revenue decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to the global economic slowdown and customers emphasizing purchases of smaller volumes of new licenses consistent with their near term needs during the periods presented, as well as for the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
License revenue decreased slightly for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to a decrease in revenue related to our Security and Compliance products, offset by an increase in revenue related to our Storage and Server Management products. The decreases in Security and Compliance license revenue was primarily a result of the challenging economic environment and a decline in demand from small and medium businesses. The offsetting increases in Storage and Server Management license revenue are a result of increased demand for storage solutions driven by the proliferation of structured and unstructured data.


36


Table of Contents

Net revenue and operating income by segment
 
Consumer Segment
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Consumer revenue
  $ 1,871     $ 98       6 %   $ 1,773     $ 27       2 %   $ 1,746  
Percentage of total net revenue
    31 %                     29 %                     30 %
Consumer operating income
  $ 860     $ (88 )     (9 )%   $ 948     $ 9       1 %   $ 939  
Percentage of Consumer revenue
    46 %                     53 %                     54 %
 
Consumer revenue increased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to increases in revenue from acquired security products, our core consumer products in the electronic channel, and the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Our electronic channel sales are derived from OEMs, subscriptions, upgrades, online sales, and renewals. Electronic channel revenue has increased year-over-year since fiscal 2008. Electronic sales accounted for approximately 81%, 78%, and 73% of Consumer revenue for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Operating income for the Consumer segment decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as expense growth outpaced revenue growth. Total expenses for the segment increased primarily as a result of the higher OEM placement fees and costs associated with our development and operation of our new proprietary eCommerce platform, both discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Consumer revenue increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to an increase from our core consumer security products in our electronic channels, partially offset by a decrease in our retail channels. In addition, Consumer revenue increased from the sale of our consumer services and acquired security products.
 
Operating income for this segment increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, as the increase in revenue more than offset the increase in expenses. Total expenses for fiscal 2009 increased primarily as a result of the PC Tools acquisition.
 
Security and Compliance Segment
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Security and Compliance revenue
  $ 1,411     $ (39 )     (3 )%   $ 1,450     $ 8       1 %   $ 1,442  
Percentage of total net revenue
    24 %                     24 %                     25 %
Security and Compliance operating income
  $ 371     $ (69 )     (16 )%   $ 440     $ 21       5 %   $ 419  
Percentage of Security and Compliance revenue
    26 %                     30 %                     29 %
 
Security and Compliance revenue decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as a result of the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends,” partially offset by increases in revenue from acquired security products.
 
Operating income for the segment decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as revenue decreased while expenses increased as a result of our fiscal 2009 acquisitions, partially offset by our cost containment measures.
 
Security and Compliance revenue was relatively consistent for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008.
 
Operating income for the Security and Compliance segment increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, as expenses decreased while revenue growth remained relatively consistent. Total expenses for fiscal 2009 benefited from our ongoing focus on cost efficiency.


37


Table of Contents

Storage and Server Management Segment
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Storage and Server Management segment
  $ 2,287     $ (206 )     (8 )%   $ 2,493     $ 190       8 %   $ 2,303  
Percentage of total net revenue
    38 %                     40 %                     39 %
Storage and Server Management operating income
  $ 1,097     $ 16       1 %   $ 1,081     $ 361       50 %   $ 720  
Percentage of Storage and Server Management revenue
    48 %                     43 %                     31 %
 
Storage and Server Management revenue decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to the overall market weakness in server sales and our customers buying smaller volumes of new licenses consistent with their near term needs, particularly with respect to our storage management products, as well as the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Operating income for the Storage and Server Management segment increased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as the decrease in expenses more than offset the decrease in revenue due to our ongoing focus on cost efficiency.
 
Storage and Server Management revenue increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to increased sales of products related to storage management, data protection, disaster recovery and products supporting high availability. The demand for these products was driven by the increase in the proliferation of structured and unstructured data, as well as the increasing demand for optimization of storage systems.
 
Operating income for the Storage and Server Management segment increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, as the growth in revenue was coupled with a decrease in expenses. Total expenses for fiscal 2009 decreased partly as a result of fiscal 2008 divestiture of a business.
 
Services Segment
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Services segment
  $ 416     $ (17 )     (4 )%   $ 433     $ 52       14 %   $ 381  
Percentage of total net revenue
    7 %                     7 %                     6 %
Services operating income (loss)
  $ 42     $ 9       27 %   $ 33     $ 56       243 %   $ (23 )
Percentage of Services revenue
    10 %                     8 %                     (6 )%
 
Services revenue decreased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to a reduction in consulting revenue associated with new license sales, in addition to the items discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends.”
 
Operating income for the Services segment increased for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as various cost control initiatives led to better margins.
 
Services revenue increased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to an increase in revenue in our consulting services and Business Critical Services, as a result of increased demand for more comprehensive software implementation assistance and increased demand for our Business Critical Services. Customers purchased our service offerings in conjunction with the purchase of our products and augmented the capabilities of their own IT staff with our onsite consultants.
 
The operating loss for the Services segment decreased for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, as revenue growth exceeded expense growth for the segment. Our focus on margin improvement contributed to the decrease in operating loss.


38


Table of Contents

Other segment
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Other segment
  $     $ (1 )     (100 )%   $ 1     $ (1 )     (50 )%   $ 2  
Percentage of total net revenue
    0 %                     0 %                     0 %
Other operating loss
  $ (1,437 )   $ 7,535       *   $ (8,972 )   $ (7,519 )     *   $ (1,453 )
Percentage of Other revenue
    *                     *                     *
 
 
* Percentage not meaningful
 
Revenue from our Other segment consists primarily of sunset products and products nearing the end of their life cycle. The operating loss of our Other segment includes general and administrative expenses; amortization of acquired product rights, other intangible assets, and other assets; impairment charges for goodwill and assets held for sale; charges such as stock-based compensation and restructuring; and certain indirect costs that are not charged to the other operating segments. The operating loss of our Other segment for fiscal 2009 primarily consisted of a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $7.4 billion.
 
Net revenue by geographic region
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Americas (U.S., Canada and Latin America)
  $ 3,241     $ (75 )     (2 )%   $ 3,316     $ 220       7 %   $ 3,096  
Percentage of total net revenue
    54 %                     54 %                     53 %
EMEA (Europe, Middle East, Africa)
  $ 1,838     $ (120 )     (6 )%   $ 1,958     $ (5 )     0 %   $ 1,963  
Percentage of total net revenue
    31 %                     32 %                     33 %
Asia Pacific/Japan
  $ 906     $ 30       3 %   $ 876     $ 61       7 %   $ 815  
Percentage of total net revenue
    15 %                     14 %                     14 %
Total net revenue
  $ 5,985                     $ 6,150                     $ 5,874  
 
Americas revenue decreased for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 primarily due to decreased revenue related to our Storage and Server Management, Security and Compliance and Services segments, partially offset by increased revenue related to our Consumer segment.
 
EMEA revenue decreased for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 primarily due to decreased revenue across all of our segments, particularly Storage and Server Management.
 
Asia Pacific Japan revenue increased for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 primarily due to increased revenue related to our Consumer and Security and Compliance segments, partially offset by decreased revenue in our Storage and Server Management segment.
 
Americas revenue increased for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 primarily due to increased revenue related to our Storage and Server Management and Services segments. In addition, for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, Americas revenue related to our Consumer segment increased driven by demand for our Consumer segment products suites.
 
EMEA revenue decreased slightly for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 primarily due to decreased revenue related to our Consumer and Security and Compliance segments as a result of a strengthening U.S. dollar and a decrease in endpoint security product sales to small and medium sized businesses. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in revenue related to our Storage and Server Management and Services segments.
 
Asia Pacific Japan revenue increased for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 primarily due to increased revenue related to our Storage and Server Management segment.
 
Our international sales are and will continue to be a significant portion of our net revenue. As a result, net revenue will continue to be affected by foreign currency exchange rates as compared to the U.S. dollar. We are


39


Table of Contents

unable to predict the extent to which revenue in future periods will be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If international sales become a greater portion of our total sales in the future, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may have a potentially greater impact on our revenue and operating results.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 1,105     $ (122 )     (10 )%   $ 1,227     $ 7       1 %   $ 1,220  
Gross margin
    82 %                     80 %                     79 %
 
Cost of revenue consists primarily of the amortization of acquired product rights, fee-based technical support costs, costs of billable services, payments to OEMs under revenue-sharing arrangements, manufacturing and direct material costs, and royalties paid to third parties under technology licensing agreements.
 
Gross margin increased in fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to a decrease in amortization of acquired product rights related to our acquisition of Veritas.
 
Gross margin increased slightly in fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to higher revenue and, to a lesser extent, lower OEM royalty payments and distribution costs, partially offset by a year-over-year increase in technical support costs.
 
Cost of content, subscription, and maintenance
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Cost of content, subscription, and maintenance
  $ 849     $ 9       1 %   $ 840     $ 14       2 %   $ 826  
As a percentage of related revenue
    17 %                     17 %                     18 %
 
Cost of content, subscription, and maintenance consists primarily of fee-based technical support costs, costs of billable services, and payments to OEMs under revenue-sharing agreements. Cost of content, subscription, and maintenance as a percentage of related revenue remained relatively consistent for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, as increases in royalty and technical support costs were partially offset by decreases in services and distribution costs for the respective periods.
 
Cost of content, subscription, and maintenance as a percentage of related revenue for fiscal 2009 decreased slightly as compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily driven by higher revenue, lower OEM royalties and distribution costs, partially offset by a year-over-year increase in technical support costs.
 
Cost of license
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Cost of license
  $ 22     $ (13 )     (37 )%   $ 35     $ (10 )     (22 )%   $ 45  
As a percentage of related revenue
    2 %                     3 %                     3 %
 
Cost of license consists primarily of royalties paid to third parties under technology licensing agreements and manufacturing and direct material costs. Cost of license remained relatively consistent as a percentage of the related revenue for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009.
 
Cost of license remained consistent as a percentage of the related revenue for fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008. Decreases in manufacturing and site license costs were partially offset by higher royalties.


40


Table of Contents

Amortization of acquired product rights
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Amortization of acquired product rights
  $ 234     $ (118 )     (34 )%   $ 352     $ 3       1 %   $ 349  
Percentage of total net revenue
    4 %                     6 %                     6 %
 
Acquired product rights are comprised of developed technologies and patents from acquired companies. The decrease in amortization for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, was primarily due to certain acquired product rights from our acquisition of Veritas becoming fully amortized during the first quarter of our fiscal 2010. This decrease was partially offset by additional amortization from product rights acquired from SwapDrive, PC Tools and MessageLabs during fiscal 2009.
 
The increase in amortization for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, was primarily due to amortization associated with our SwapDrive, PC Tools and MessageLabs acquisitions during fiscal 2009, offset in part by the APM business divestiture in fiscal 2008.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Operating expenses overview
 
As discussed above under “Financial Results and Trends,” our operating expenses for fiscal 2010 include 52 weeks of activity as compared to 53 weeks for fiscal 2009, which had a favorable impact on the year-over-year comparison of our operating expenses. Our operating expenses for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, were not materially impacted by changes in foreign exchange rates.
 
Our operating expenses for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, increased as a result of an additional week during fiscal 2009, which was partially offset by a stronger U.S. dollar in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008.
 
Our operating expenses for Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 were favorably impacted by the restructuring plans discussed below.
 
Sales and marketing expense
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Sales and marketing expense
  $ 2,367     $ (19 )     (1 )%   $ 2,386     $ (29 )     (1 )%   $ 2,415  
Percentage of total net revenue
    40 %                     39 %                     41 %
 
Sales and marketing expense remained relatively flat during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2010 sales and marketing expense reflects the impact of our prior year restructuring plan, partially offset by increases in headcount related expenses from our fiscal 2009 acquisitions and increases in Consumer OEM fees and costs associated with the development and operations of our new proprietary eCommerce platform. As a percent of net revenue, sales and marketing expense increased as a result of these factors coupled with the decrease in total net revenue.
 
Sales and marketing expense decreased during fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2008, as a result of favorable foreign exchange rates and our restructuring plans, partially offset by an additional week of operations for fiscal 2009. As a percent of net revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased as a result of these factors coupled with the increase in total net revenue.
 
Research and development expense
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Research and development expense
  $ 857     $ (13 )     (1 )%   $ 870     $ (25 )     (3 )%   $ 895  
Percentage of total net revenue
    14 %                     14 %                     15 %


41


Table of Contents

As a percent of net revenue, research and development expense has remained relatively consistent in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
General and administrative expense
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
General and administrative expense
  $ 352     $ 9       3 %   $ 343     $ (5 )     (1 )%   $ 348  
Percentage of total net revenue
    6 %                     6 %                     6 %
 
General and administrative expense has remained relatively consistent for the periods presented, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenue.
 
Amortization of other purchased intangible assets
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Amortization of other purchased intangible assets
  $ 247     $ 14       6 %   $ 233     $ 8       4 %   $ 225  
Percentage of total net revenue
    4 %                     4 %                     4 %
 
Other purchased intangible assets are comprised of customer relationships and tradenames. Amortization for fiscal 2010, compared to fiscal 2009, increased as a result of our fiscal 2009 acquisitions. As a percentage of net revenue, amortization of other purchased intangible assets remained relatively consistent for fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Amortization for fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 was relatively consistent.
 
Restructuring and transformation
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
    2010 vs. 2009     Fiscal
    2009 vs. 2008     Fiscal
 
    2010     $     %     2009     $     %     2008  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Severance
  $ 56                     $ 64                     $ 59  
Facilities and other
    10                       11                       15  
Transition, transformation and other costs
    28                       21                        
                                                         
Restructuring and transformation
  $ 94     $ (2 )     (2 )%   $ 96     $ 22       30 %   $ 74  
                                                         
Percentage of total net revenue
    2 %                     2 %                     1 %
 
The restructuring charges for fiscal 2010 primarily consisted of severance and charges related to the 2010 Restructuring Plan (“2010 Plan”) and 2008 Restructuring Plan (“2008 Plan”), and transition and transformation costs related to the outsourcing of certain back office functions. The restructuring charges for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, primarily consisted of severance charges related to the 2008 Plan and prior plans and acquisition-related plans.
 
Total remaining severance charges are estimated to range from $50 million to $80 million, primarily for the 2010 Plan. Total remaining facilities charges are estimated to range from $35 million to $45 million related to the 2010 Plan. Total remaining costs for the transition and transformation activities associated with outsourcing back office functions are estimated to be approximately $10 million to $20 million. For further information on restructuring, see Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


42


Table of Contents

Impairment of goodwill and Loss and impairment of assets held for sale
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Impairment of goodwill
  $     $ (7,419 )     (100 )%   $ 7,419     $ 7,419       100 %   $  
Percentage of total net revenue
    0 %                     121 %                     0 %
Loss and impairment of assets held for sale
  $ 30     $ (16 )     (35 )%   $ 46     $ (49 )     (52 )%   $ 95  
Percentage of total net revenue
    1 %                     1 %                     2 %
 
In accordance with the authoritative guidance on goodwill and other intangibles, we evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually and any time business conditions indicate a potential change in recoverability. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we performed our annual impairment analysis and determined that goodwill was not impaired. During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we concluded that there were impairment indicators, including the challenging economic environment and a decline in our market capitalization, which required us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The analysis was not completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and an estimated impairment charge of $7.0 billion was recorded. The analysis was subsequently finalized and an additional impairment charge of $413 million was included in our results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. As a result, we incurred a total impairment charge of $7.4 billion for fiscal 2009. We also performed our annual impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 and determined that no additional impairment charge was necessary.
 
For the purposes of this analysis, our estimates of fair value are based on a combination of the income approach, and the market approach. The income approach estimates the fair value of our reporting units based on the future discounted cash flows. We also consider the market approach, which estimates the fair value of our reporting units based on comparable market prices.
 
During fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recognized impairments of $20 million, $46 million, and $93 million, respectively, on certain land and buildings classified as held for sale. The impairments were recorded in accordance with the authoritative guidance that requires a long-lived asset classified as held for sale to be measured at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell. Also, in fiscal 2010 and 2008, we sold assets for $42 million and $98 million, which resulted in losses of $10 million and $2 million, respectively. We sold properties in fiscal 2009 for $40 million with an immaterial loss.
 
Non-operating income and expense
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
    2010 vs. 2009     Fiscal
    2009 vs. 2008     Fiscal
 
    2010     $     %     2009     $     %     2008  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Interest income
  $ 6                     $ 37                     $ 77  
Interest expense
    (129 )                     (125 )                     (119 )
Other income, net
    55                       8                       63  
                                                         
Total
  $ (68 )   $ 12       (15 )%   $ (80 )   $ (101 )     (481 )%   $ 21  
                                                         
Percentage of total net revenue
    (1 )%                     (1 )%                     0 %
 
The decrease in interest income during fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, is due to a lower average yield on our invested cash and short-term investment balances. Interest expense for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, remained relatively consistent. Other income, net for fiscal 2010 includes net gains of $47 million from the liquidation of certain foreign legal entities. The liquidations resulted in the release of cumulative translation adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive income related to these entities.


43


Table of Contents

Interest income decreased during fiscal 2009 and 2008 primarily due to lower average cash balances outstanding and lower average yields on our invested cash and short-term investment balances. Interest expense for fiscal 2009, as compared to fiscal 2010, remained relatively consistent. Other income, net for fiscal 2008 includes a net gain from settlements of litigation of approximately $59 million.
 
Provision for income taxes
 
                         
    Fiscal
    2010   2009   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 112     $ 183     $ 213  
Effective tax rate on earnings
    13 %     (3 )%     34 %
 
Our effective tax rate was approximately 13%, (3)% and 34% in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
The tax expense in fiscal 2010 was significantly reduced by the following benefits recognized in the year: (1) $78.5 million tax benefit arising from the Veritas v. Commissioner Tax Court decision (see further discussion below), (2) $11 million tax benefit from the reduction of our valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets, (3) $17 million tax benefit from lapses of statutes of limitation, (4) $9 million tax benefit from the conclusion of U.S. and foreign audits, (5) $7 million tax benefit to adjust taxes provided in prior periods, and (6) $6.5 million tax benefit from current year discrete events. The change in the valuation allowance follows discussions with Irish Revenue in the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the result of which accelerates the timing of the use of certain Irish tax loss carryforwards in the future. The tax expense in fiscal 2009 was materially impacted by the inclusion of a $56 million tax benefit associated with the $7.0 billion impairment of goodwill in the third quarter of fiscal 2009.
 
The effective tax rates for all periods presented otherwise reflects the benefits of lower-taxed foreign earnings and losses from our joint venture with Huawei (“joint venture”) (fiscal 2010 and 2009 only), domestic manufacturing incentives, and research and development credits, partially offset by state income taxes.
 
As a result of the impairment of goodwill in fiscal 2009, we have cumulative pre-tax book losses, as measured by the current and prior two years. We considered the negative evidence of this cumulative pre-tax book loss position on our ability to continue to recognize deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income for realization. Levels of future taxable income are subject to the various risks and uncertainties discussed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, set forth in this annual report. We considered the following as positive evidence: the vast majority of the goodwill impairment is not deductible for tax purposes and thus will not result in tax losses; we have a strong, consistent taxpaying history; we have substantial U.S. federal income tax carryback potential; and we have substantial amounts of scheduled future reversals of taxable temporary differences from our deferred tax liabilities. We have concluded that this positive evidence outweighs the negative evidence and, thus, that the deferred tax assets as of April 2, 2010 of $519 million, after application of the valuation allowances, are realizable on a “more likely than not” basis.
 
On May 27, 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit overturned a 2005 U.S. Tax Court ruling in Xilinx v. Commissioner , holding that stock-based compensation related R&D must be shared by the participants of a R&D cost sharing arrangement. The Ninth Circuit held that related parties to such an arrangement must share stock option costs, notwithstanding the U.S. Tax Court’s finding that unrelated parties in such an arrangement would not share such costs. Symantec has a similar R&D cost sharing arrangement in place. The Ninth Circuit’s reversal of the U.S. Tax Court’s decision changed our estimate of stock option related tax benefits previously recognized under the authoritative guidance on income taxes. As a result of the Ninth Circuit’s ruling, we increased our liability for unrecognized tax benefits, recording a tax expense of approximately $7 million and a reduction of additional paid-in capital of approximately $30 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. On January 13, 2010, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals withdrew its issued opinion. On March 22, 2010, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals issued a revised decision affirming the decision of the Tax Court. The Ninth Circuit’s decision agreed with the Tax Court’s finding that related companies are not required to share such costs. As a result of the Ninth Circuit’s revised ruling, we released the liability established in our first quarter of fiscal 2010, which resulted in a $7 million tax benefit and increase of additional paid-in capital of approximately $30 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. For fiscal 2010, there was no net income tax expense impact.


44


Table of Contents

On March 29, 2006, we received a Notice of Deficiency from the IRS claiming that we owe $867 million of additional taxes, excluding interest and penalties, for the 2000 and 2001 tax years based on an audit of Veritas. On June 26, 2006, we filed a petition with the U.S. Tax Court protesting the IRS claim for such additional taxes. During July 2008, we completed the trial phase of the Tax Court case, which dealt with the remaining issue covered in the assessment. At trial, the IRS changed its position with respect to this remaining issue, which decreased the remaining amount at issue from $832 million to $545 million, excluding interest. We filed our post-trial briefs in October 2008 and rebuttal briefs in November 2008 with the U.S. Tax Court.
 
On December 10, 2009, the U.S. Tax Court issued its opinion, finding that our transfer pricing methodology, with appropriate adjustments, was the best method for assessing the value of the transaction at issue between Veritas and its offshore subsidiary. The Tax Court judge provided guidance as to how adjustments would be made to correct the application of the method used by Veritas. We remeasured and decreased our liability for unrecognized tax benefits accordingly, resulting in a $78.5 million tax benefit in the third quarter of fiscal 2010. Final computations as directed by the Ruling are not complete and, accordingly, we may make further adjustments to our tax liability in the future. The Tax Court ruling is subject to appeal. We have $110 million on deposit with the IRS pertaining to this matter. We do not anticipate making any further federal tax payments for these years.
 
On December 2, 2009, we received a Revenue Agent’s Report from the IRS for the Veritas 2002 through 2005 tax years assessing additional taxes due. We agree with $30 million of the tax assessment, excluding interest, but will contest the other $80 million of tax assessed and all penalties. The unagreed issues concern transfer pricing matters comparable to the one that was resolved in our favor in the Veritas v. Commissioner Tax Court decision. On January 15, 2010 we filed a protest with the IRS in connection with the $80 million of tax assessed.
 
We continue to monitor the progress of ongoing tax controversies and the impact, if any, of the expected tolling of the statute of limitations in various taxing jurisdictions.
 
Loss from joint venture
 
                                                         
    Fiscal
  2010 vs. 2009   Fiscal
  2009 vs. 2008   Fiscal
    2010   $   %   2009   $   %   2008
    ($ in millions)
 
Loss from joint venture
  $ 39     $ (14 )     (26 )%   $ 53     $ 53       100 %   $  
Percentage of total net revenue
    1 %                     1 %                     0 %
 
On February 5, 2008, Symantec formed a joint venture with a subsidiary of Huawei Technologies Co., Limited (“Huawei”). The joint venture is domiciled in Hong Kong with principal operations in Chengdu, China. The joint venture develops, manufactures, markets and supports security and storage appliances for global telecommunications carriers and enterprise customers.
 
As described in Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report, the joint venture adopted new authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables during its period ended December 31, 2009, which was applied to the beginning of its fiscal year. As a result of the joint venture’s adoption of the guidance, our net income was $12 million higher for fiscal 2010 than it would have been under the pre-existing accounting guidance. We account for our investment in the joint venture under the equity method of accounting. Under this method, we record our proportionate share of the joint venture’s net income or loss based on the quarterly financial statements of the joint venture. We record our proportionate share of net income or loss one quarter in arrears.
 
For fiscal 2010, we recorded a loss of approximately $39 million related to our share of the joint venture’s net loss incurred for the period from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009. For fiscal 2009, we recorded a loss of approximately $53 million related to our share of the joint venture’s net loss incurred for the period from February 5, 2008 (its date of inception) to December 31, 2008.


45


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Sources of Cash
 
We have historically relied on cash flow from operations, borrowings under a credit facility and issuances of convertible notes and equity securities for our liquidity needs.
 
In fiscal 2007, we entered into a five-year $1 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility that expires in July 2011. In order to be able to draw on the credit facility, we must maintain certain covenants, including a specified ratio of debt to earnings (before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and impairment) as well as certain other non-financial covenants. As of April 2, 2010, we were in compliance with all required covenants and there was no outstanding balance on the credit facility.
 
As of April 2, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $3.0 billion and short-term investments of $15 million resulting in a net liquidity position of approximately $4.0 billion, which is defined as unused availability of the credit facility, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.
 
We believe that our existing cash and investment balances, our borrowing capacity, our ability to issue new debt instruments, and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditures requirements for at least the next 12 months.
 
Uses of Cash
 
Our principal cash requirements include working capital, capital expenditures, payments of principal and interest on our debt and payments of taxes. In addition, we regularly evaluate our ability to repurchase stock, pay debts and acquire other businesses.
 
Line of Credit.   There were no borrowings under our credit facility for the fiscal year ended April 2, 2010. For the fiscal year ended April 3, 2009, we repaid the entire $200 million principal amount, plus $3 million of accrued interest, that we borrowed during fiscal 2008 under the credit facility.
 
Acquisition-related.   For fiscal 2010, we acquired two companies for an aggregate payment of $31 million, net of cash acquired. For fiscal 2009, we acquired MessageLabs, PC Tools, SwapDrive and several other companies for an aggregate payment of $1.1 billion, net of cash acquired. For fiscal 2008, we acquired Altiris and two other companies for an aggregate payment of $1.2 billion, net of cash acquired. Also, in fiscal 2008, we entered into a joint venture with Huawei Technologies Co., Limited and contributed $150 million in cash.
 
Convertible Senior Notes.   In June 2006, we issued $1.1 billion principal amount of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due June 15, 2011, and $1.0 billion principal amount of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes (collectively the “Senior Notes”) due June 15, 2013. Concurrently with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we entered into note hedge transactions for $592 million with affiliates of certain of the initial purchasers whereby we have the option to purchase up to 110 million shares of our common stock at a price of $19.12 per share. For the fiscal years ended April 2, 2010, April 3, 2009 and March 28, 2008, we have not repaid any of this debt other than the related interest costs.
 
Stock Repurchases.   We repurchased 34 million, 42 million and 81 million shares for $553 million, $700 million and $1.5 billion during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of April 2, 2010, we had $747 million remaining under the plan authorized for future repurchases.


46


Table of Contents

Cash Flows
 
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected items in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
 
                         
    Fiscal  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Net cash provided by (used in)
                       
Operating activities
  $ 1,693     $ 1,671     $ 1,819  
Investing activities
    (65 )     (961 )     (1,526 )
Financing activities
    (441 )     (677 )     (1,066 )
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.7 billion for fiscal 2010, which resulted from net income of $714 million adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization charges of $837 million and stock-based compensation expense of $155 million. These amounts were partially offset by a decrease in income taxes payable of $105 million primarily related to the outcome of the Veritas v. Commissioner Tax Court decision (see Note 13).
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.7 billion for fiscal 2009, which resulted from non-cash charges related to depreciation and amortization expenses of $933 million and the $7.4 billion goodwill impairment charge offset by the net loss of $6.8 billion.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.8 billion for fiscal 2008, which resulted from net income of $410 million adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization charges of $915 million, stock-based compensation expense of $164 million, income taxes payable of $196 million and an increase in deferred revenue of $127 million. These amounts were partially offset by a decrease in non-cash deferred income taxes of $216 million.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $65 million for fiscal 2010 and was primarily due to $248 million paid for capital expenditures, partially offset by net proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities of $190 million.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.0 billion for fiscal 2009 and was primarily due to an aggregate payment of $1.1 billion in cash payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, and $272 million paid for capital expenditures, partially offset by net proceeds of $336 million from the sale of short-term investments which were used to partially fund acquisitions.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.5 billion for fiscal 2008 and was primarily due to an aggregate payment of $1.3 billion in cash paid for acquisitions and the joint venture, net of cash acquired.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash used in financing activities of $441 million for fiscal 2010 was due to repurchases of common stock of $553 million, partially offset by net proceeds from sales of common stock through employee stock plans of $124 million.
 
Net cash used in financing activities was $677 million for fiscal 2009 and was primarily due to repurchases of common stock of $700 million and the repayment of $200 million on our revolving credit facility, partially offset by net proceeds from sales of common stock through employee stock plans of $229 million.
 
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.1 billion for fiscal 2008 and was primarily due to repurchases of common stock of $1.5 billion, partially offset by the net proceeds from sales of common stock through employee stock plans of $224 million and a borrowing on our revolving credit facility of $200 million.


47


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of April 2, 2010:
 
                                                 
    Payments Due by Period  
                Fiscal 2012
    Fiscal 2014
    Fiscal 2016
       
    Total     Fiscal 2011     and 2013     and 2015     and Thereafter     Other  
    (In millions)  
 
Convertible Senior Notes (1)
  $ 2,100     $     $ 1,100     $ 1,000     $     $  
Interest payments on Convertible Senior Notes (1)
    42       18       22       2              
Purchase obligations (2)
    421       334       85       2              
Operating leases (3)
    392       90       133       87       82        
Norton royalty agreement (4)
    5       3       2                    
Uncertain tax positions (5)
    426                               426  
                                                 
Total contractual obligations
  $ 3,386     $ 445     $ 1,342     $ 1,091     $ 82     $ 426  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Senior Notes are due in fiscal 2012 and 2014. Holders of the Senior Notes may convert their Senior Notes prior to maturity upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. Upon conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the applicable number of shares of our common stock, up to the principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess of the principal amount, if any, may be paid in cash or in stock at our option. As of April 2, 2010, the conditions to conversion had not been met. Interest payments were calculated based on terms of the related notes.
 
(2) These amounts are associated with agreements for purchases of goods or services generally including agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The table above also includes agreements to purchase goods or services that have cancellation provisions requiring little or no payment. The amounts under such contracts are included in the table above because management believes that cancellation of these contracts is unlikely and the Company expects to make future cash payments according to the contract terms or in similar amounts for similar materials.
 
(3) We have entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements that expire on various dates through 2029. The amounts in the table above include $21 million related to exited or excess facility costs related to restructuring activities.
 
(4) In June 2007, we amended an existing royalty agreement with Peter Norton for the licensing of certain publicity rights. As a result, we recorded a long-term liability reflecting the net present value of expected future royalty payments due to Mr. Norton.
 
(5) As of April 2, 2010, we reflected $426 million in long term taxes payable related to uncertain tax positions. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years beyond the next twelve months due to uncertainties in the timing of the commencement and settlement of potential tax audits and controversies.
 
Indemnifications
 
As permitted under Delaware law, we have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at our request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is not limited; however, we have directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that reduces our exposure and may enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is minimal.
 
We provide limited product warranties and the majority of our software license agreements contain provisions that indemnify licensees of our software from damages and costs resulting from claims alleging that our software


48


Table of Contents

infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. Historically, payments made under these provisions have been immaterial. We monitor the conditions that are subject to indemnification to identify if a loss has occurred.
 
Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments that requires the issuer of convertible debt instruments with cash settlement features to separately account for the liability and equity components of the instrument. The debt is recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted using the issuer’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component is recognized as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability. This guidance also requires interest to be accreted as interest expense of the resultant debt discount over the expected life of the debt. This guidance applies to the 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due June 15, 2011 and the 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due June 15, 2013, collectively referred to as the Senior Notes. Prior to the adoption of this guidance, the liability of the Senior Notes was carried at its principal value and only the contractual interest expense was recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Because this guidance requires retrospective adoption, we were required to adjust all periods for which the Senior Notes were outstanding before the date of adoption. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report for additional information on the adoption.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on business combinations that requires an acquiring entity to measure and recognize identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date fair value with limited exceptions. The changes include the treatment of acquisition related transaction costs, the valuation of any noncontrolling interest at acquisition date fair value, the recording of acquired contingent liabilities at acquisition date fair value and the subsequent re-measurement of such liabilities after the acquisition date, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost accruals subsequent to the acquisition date, and the recognition of changes in the acquirer’s income tax valuation allowance. Our acquisitions during fiscal 2010 have been accounted for using this new authoritative guidance. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report for information on our business combinations. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, however, it could have a material impact on future periods.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on the recognition and measurement of other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities that replaced the pre-existing “intent and ability” indicator. This guidance specifies that if the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is triggered in circumstances in which (1) an entity has an intent to sell the security, (2) it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the entity does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security (that is, a credit loss exists). Other-than-temporary impairments are separated into amounts representing credit losses, which are recognized in earnings, and amounts related to all other factors, which are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated financial statements, which includes requiring noncontrolling interests be classified as a component of consolidated stockholders’ equity and to identify earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests reported as part of consolidated earnings. The guidance also requires the gain or loss on the deconsolidated subsidiary be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance that specifies the way in which fair value measurements should be made for non-financial assets and liabilities that are not measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and specifies additional disclosures related to these fair value measurements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements. The new standard changes the requirements for establishing separate units of


49


Table of Contents

accounting in a multiple element arrangement and requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price. The new standard establishes a selling price hierarchy that allows for the use of an estimated selling price to determine the allocation of arrangement consideration to a deliverable in a multiple element arrangement where neither VSOE nor TPE is available for that deliverable. Concurrently to issuing the new standard, the FASB also issued new authoritative guidance that excludes tangible products that contain software and non-software elements that function together to provide the tangible products’ essential functionality from the scope of software revenue guidance. We have elected to adopt the new accounting standards as of the beginning of fiscal 2010 for applicable transactions originating from or materially modified after April 2, 2009. Our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements. Our joint venture also adopted the accounting standards during its period ended December 31, 2009, which was applied to the beginning of its fiscal year. As a result of the joint venture’s adoption of the accounting standards, our Loss from joint venture decreased by $12 million during our fiscal 2010. See Note 6 for further details regarding the impact of this guidance on our joint venture.
 
Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance which changes the model for determining whether an entity should consolidate a variable interest entity (“VIE”). The standard replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a VIE with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a VIE and the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive the entity’s residual returns. The statement is effective as of the first quarter of our fiscal 2011, and early adoption is prohibited. We do not expect the adoption of this new authoritative guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
We are exposed to various market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and equity prices. We may use derivative financial instruments to mitigate certain risks in accordance with our investment and foreign exchange policies. We do not use derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our short-term investment portfolio and the potential losses arising from changes in interest rates. Our investment objective is to achieve the maximum return compatible with capital preservation and our liquidity requirements. Our strategy is to invest our cash in a manner that preserves capital, maintains sufficient liquidity to meet our cash requirements, maximizes yields consistent with approved credit risk, and limits inappropriate concentrations of investment by sector, credit, or issuer. We classify our cash equivalents and short-term investments in accordance with the authoritative guidance on investments. We consider investments in instruments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. We classify our short-term investments as available-for-sale. Short-term investments consist of marketable debt or equity securities with original maturities in excess of 90 days. Our cash equivalents and short-term investment portfolios consist primarily of money market funds, commercial paper, corporate debt securities, and U.S. government and government-sponsored debt securities. Our short-term investments do not include equity investments in privately held companies. Our short-term investments are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in Accumulated other comprehensive income within Stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amortization of premiums and discounts on the investments, realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in Other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We use the specific identification method to determine cost in calculating realized gains and losses upon sale of short-term investments.


50


Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value and hypothetical changes in fair values on short-term investments sensitive to changes in interest rates ( in millions ):
 
                                                 
                    Value of Securities
    Value of Securities Given an
      Given an Interest
    Interest Rate Increase of
      Rate Decrease of X
    X Basis Points (bps)   Fair Value
  Basis Points (bps)
    150 bps   100 bps   50 bps   As of   (25 bps)   (75 bps)
 
April 2, 2010
  $ 10     $ 10     $ 10     $ 10     $ 10       *
April 3, 2009
  $ 680     $ 680     $ 680     $ 680     $ 681     $ 681  
 
 
* Amount not meaningful
 
The modeling technique used above measures the change in fair market value arising from selected potential changes in interest rates. Market changes reflect immediate hypothetical parallel shifts in the yield curve of plus 150 bps, plus 100 bps, plus 50 bps, minus 25 bps, and minus 75 bps.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
 
We conduct business in 44 currencies through our worldwide operations and, as such, we are exposed to foreign currency risk. Foreign currency risks are associated with our cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables, and payables denominated in foreign currencies. Fluctuations in exchange rates will result in foreign exchange gains and losses on these foreign currency assets and liabilities and are included in Other income, net. Our objective in managing foreign exchange activity is to preserve stockholder value by minimizing the risk of foreign currency exchange rate changes. Our strategy is to primarily utilize forward contracts to hedge foreign currency exposures. Under our program, gains and losses in our foreign currency exposures are offset by losses and gains on our forward contracts. Our forward contracts generally have terms of one to six months. At the end of the reporting period, open contracts are marked-to-market with unrealized gains and losses included in Other income, net.
 
The following table presents a sensitivity analysis on our foreign forward exchange contract portfolio using a statistical model to estimate the potential gain or loss in fair value that could arise from hypothetical appreciation or depreciation of foreign currency ( in millions ):
 
                                         
    Value of Contracts
      Value of Contracts
    Given X%
      Given X%
    Appreciation of
      Depreciation of
    Foreign
      Foreign
    Currency   Notional
  Currency
Foreign Forward Exchange Contracts
  10%   5%   Amount   (5)%   (10)%
 
Purchased, April 2, 2010
  $ 217     $ 209     $ 199     $ 189     $ 177  
Sold, April 2, 2010
  $ 236     $ 248     $ 260     $ 274     $ 289  
Purchased, April 3, 2009
  $ 264     $ 252     $ 240     $ 228     $ 216  
Sold, April 3, 2009
  $ 320     $ 337     $ 355     $ 373     $ 391  
 
Equity Price Risk
 
In June 2006, we issued $1.1 billion principal amount of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011 and $1.0 billion of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013. Holders may convert their Senior Notes prior to maturity upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. Upon conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the applicable number of shares of Symantec common stock, up to the principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess of the principal amount, if any, may be paid in cash or in stock at our option. Concurrent with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions and separately, warrant transactions, to reduce the potential dilution from the conversion of the Senior Notes and to mitigate any negative effect such conversion may have on the price of our common stock.
 
For business and strategic purposes, we also hold equity interests in several privately held companies, many of which can be considered to be in the start-up or development stages. These investments are inherently risky and we could lose a substantial part or our entire investment in these companies. These investments are recorded at cost and


51


Table of Contents

classified as Other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of April 2, 2010, these investments had an aggregate carrying value of $22 million.
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Annual Financial Statements
 
The consolidated financial statements and related disclosures included in Part IV, Item 15 of this annual report are incorporated by reference into this Item 8.
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal 2010   Fiscal 2009
    Apr. 2,
  Jan. 2,
  Oct. 2,
  Jul. 3,
  Apr. 3,
  Jan. 2,
  Oct. 3,
  Jul. 4,
    2010   2010 (a)   2009 (a)   2009 (a)   2009   2009   2008   2008 (b)
        As Adjusted   As Adjusted   As Adjusted                
    (In millions, except per share data)
 
Net revenue
  $ 1,531     $ 1,548     $ 1,474     $ 1,432     $ 1,468     $ 1,514     $ 1,518     $ 1,650  
Gross profit
    1,255       1,290       1,215       1,120       1,161       1,215       1,209       1,338  
Impairment of goodwill (c)
                            413       7,006              
Operating income (loss)
    247       277       257       152       (192 )     (6,773 )     217       278  
Net income (loss)
    184       301       155       74       (264 )     (6,820 )     126       172  
Net income (loss) per share — basic
  $ 0.23     $ 0.37     $ 0.19     $ 0.09     $ (0.32 )   $ (8.25 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.21  
Net income (loss) per share — diluted
  $ 0.23     $ 0.37     $ 0.19     $ 0.09     $ (0.32 )   $ (8.25 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.20  
 
 
(a) The amounts previously reported on Form 10-Q for fiscal 2010 have been adjusted for the joint venture’s adoption of new authoritative guidance on revenue recognition, which is discussed further in Note 1. As a result of our joint venture’s adoption of the guidance, our net income increased by $1 million, $5 million and $1 million during our first, second and third quarters of fiscal 2010, respectively.
 
(b) We have a 52/53 — week fiscal accounting year. The first quarter of fiscal 2009 was comprised of 14 weeks while each of the other quarters presented were comprised of 13 weeks.
 
(c) During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, based on a combination of factors, there were sufficient indicators to require us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis. Based on the analysis performed, we concluded that an impairment loss was probable and could be reasonably estimated. Accordingly we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $7.0 billion. Upon finalizing our analysis, we recorded an additional non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $413 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report.
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
 
(a)   Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The SEC defines the term “disclosure controls and procedures” to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. “Disclosure controls and procedures” include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded, based on an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) by our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our


52


Table of Contents

Chief Financial Officer, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
 
(b)   Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) for Symantec. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 2, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
Our management has concluded that, as of April 2, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on these criteria.
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 2, 2010, which is included in Part IV, Item 15 of this annual report.
 
(c)   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended April 2, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
(d)   Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
 
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.
 
Item 9B.    Other Information
 
None
 
PART III
 
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Symantec’s Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended April 2, 2010.
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Symantec’s Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended April 2, 2010.


53


Table of Contents

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Symantec’s Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended April 2, 2010.
 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Symantec’s Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended April 2, 2010.
 
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Symantec’s Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended April 2, 2010.


54


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
Upon written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of this annual report, including the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule. All requests should be sent to:
 
Symantec Corporation
Attn: Investor Relations
350 Ellis Street
Mountain View, California 94043
650-527-8000
 
a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
         
    Page
    Number
 
1. Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    60  
    62  
    63  
    64  
    65  
    66  
2. Financial Statement Schedule: The following financial statement schedule of Symantec Corporation for the years ended April 2, 2010, April 3, 2009, and March 28, 2008 is filed as part of this Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Symantec Corporation
       
    109  
Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.
       


55


Table of Contents

3. Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed as part of or furnished with this annual report as applicable:
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
                             
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  3 .01   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Symantec Corporation   S-8   333-119872   4.01   10/21/04    
  3 .02   Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Symantec Corporation   S-8   333-126403   4.03   07/06/05    
  3 .03   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Symantec Corporation   10-Q   000-17781   3.01   08/05/09    
  3 .04   Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Symantec Corporation   8-K   000-17781   3.01   12/21/04    
  3 .05   Bylaws, as amended, of Symantec Corporation   8-K   000-17781   3.01   05/04/10    
  4 .01   Form of Common Stock Certificate   S-3ASR   333-139230   4.07   12/11/06    
  4 .02   Indenture related to the 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2011, dated as of June 16, 2006, between Symantec Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (including form of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011)   8-K   000-17781   4.01   06/16/06    
  4 .03   Indenture related to the 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2013, dated as of June 16, 2006, between Symantec Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (including form of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013)   8-K   000-17781   4.02   06/16/06    
  4 .04   Form of Master Terms and Conditions For Convertible Bond Hedging Transactions between Symantec Corporation and each of Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., respectively, dated June 9, 2006, including Exhibit and Schedule thereto   10-Q   000-17781   10.04   08/09/06    
  4 .05   Form of Master Terms and Conditions For Warrants Issued by Symantec Corporation between Symantec Corporation and each of Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., respectively, dated June 9, 2006, including Exhibit and Schedule thereto   10-Q   000-17781   10.05   08/09/06    
  4 .06   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2006, by and among Symantec Corporation, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., Morgan Stanley Bank and UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers, and related agreements   8-K   000-17781   10.01   12/03/07    
  10 .01 *   Form of Indemnification Agreement with Officers and Directors, as amended (form for agreements entered into prior to January 17, 2006)   S-1   33-28655   10.17   06/21/89    
  10 .02 *   Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers, Directors and Key Employees   8-K   000-17781   10.01   01/23/06    
  10 .03 *   Veritas Software Corporation 1993 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of Stock Option Agreement   10-K   000-17781   10.03   06/09/06    


56


Table of Contents

                             
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .04 *   Symantec Corporation 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, including form of Stock Option Agreement and form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement   10-K   000-17781   10.05   06/09/06    
  10 .05 *   Symantec Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, restated and amended January 1, 2010, as adopted December 15, 2009                   X
  10 .06 *   Brightmail Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, including form of Stock Option Agreement and form of Notice of Assumption   10-K   000-17781   10.08   06/09/06    
  10 .07 *   Altiris, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.01   04/10/07    
  10 .08 *   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under the Altiris, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.02   04/10/07    
  10 .09 *   Symantec Corporation 2000 Director Equity Incentive Plan, as amended   10-K   000-17781   10.09   06/01/09    
  10 .10 *   Symantec Corporation 2001 Non-Qualified Equity Incentive Plan   10-K   000-17781   10.12   06/09/06    
  10 .11 *   Amended and Restated Symantec Corporation 2002 Executive Officers’ Stock Purchase Plan   8-K   000-17781   10.01   01/25/08    
  10 .12 *   Altiris, Inc. 2002 Stock Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.03   04/10/07    
  10 .13 *   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Altiris, Inc. 2002 Stock Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.04   04/10/07    
  10 .14 *   Vontu, Inc. 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended   S-8   333-148107   99.02   12/17/07    
  10 .15 *   Form of Vontu, Inc. Stock Option Agreement   S-8   333-148107   99.03   12/17/07    
  10 .16 *   Veritas Software Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, including form of Stock Option Agreement, form of Stock Option Agreement for Executives and Senior VPs and form of Notice of Stock Option Assumption   10-K   000-17781   10.15   06/09/06    
  10 .17 *   Symantec Corporation 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, including Stock Option Grant — Terms and Conditions, form of RSU Award Agreement, and form of RSU Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors   10-K   000-17781   10.17   06/01/09    
  10 .18 *   Altiris, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.05   04/10/07    
  10 .19 *   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Altiris, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan, as amended   S-8   333-141986   99.06   04/10/07    
  10 .20 *   Symantec Corporation 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan   8-K   000-17781   10.2   09/25/08    
  10 .21 *   Employment Agreement, dated December 15, 2004, between Symantec Corporation and Greg Hughes   S-4/A   333-122724   10.08   05/18/05    
  10 .22 *   Offer Letter, dated February 8, 2006, from Symantec Corporation to James A. Beer   10-K   000-17781   10.17   06/09/06    
  10 .23 *   Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2009, between Symantec Corporation and John W. Thompson   8-K   000-17781   10.01   04/09/09    
  10 .24 *   Employment Agreement, dated September 23, 2009, between Symantec Corporation and Enrique Salem   8-K   000-17781   10.01   09/29/09    
  10 .25 *   FY10 Long Term Incentive Plan   10-Q   000-17781   10.03   08/05/09    
  10 .26 *   Form of FY10 Executive Annual Incentive Plan — Chief Executive Officer   10-Q   000-17781   10.01   08/05/09    
  10 .27 *   Form of FY10 Executive Annual Incentive Plan — Executive Vice President and Group President   10-Q   000-17781   10.02   08/05/09    

57


Table of Contents

                             
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .28 *   Symantec Senior Executive Incentive Plan, as amended and restated   10-Q   000-17781   10.03   11/07/08    
  10 .29 *   Symantec Executive Retention Plan, as amended   10-Q   000-17781   10.05   08/07/07    
  10 .30 *   Amendment to the Symantec Executive Retention Plan, effective January 1, 2009   10-Q   000-17781   10.01   02/05/10    
  10 .31   Second Amended and Restated Symantec Online Store Agreement, by and among Symantec Corporation, Symantec Limited, Digital River, Inc. and Digital River Ireland Limited, entered into on October 19, 2006   10-Q   000-17781   10.02   02/07/07    
  10 .32   Amendment, dated June 20, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Agreement Respecting Certain Rights of Publicity dated as of August 31, 1990, by and between Peter Norton and Symantec Corporation   10-Q   000-17781   10.01   08/07/07    
  10 .33   Assignment of Copyright and Other Intellectual Property Rights, by and between Peter Norton and Peter Norton Computing, Inc., dated August 31, 1990   S-4   33-35385   10.37   06/13/90    
  10 .34   Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated April 23, 1999, between Veritas and Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, included as Exhibit C to that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated March 29, 1999, between Veritas and Fairchild Semiconductor of California   S-1/A   333-83777†   10.27
Exhibit C
  08/06/99    
  21 .01   Subsidiaries of Symantec Corporation                   X
  23 .01   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                   X
  24 .01   Power of Attorney (see Signature page to this annual report)                   X
  31 .01   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
  31 .02   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
  32 .01 ††   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
  32 .02 ††   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
 
 
§   The exhibits and schedules to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. We will furnish copies of any of the exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon request.
 
*   Indicates a management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
  Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and have been filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 as promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
  Filed by Veritas Software Corporation.
 
††   This exhibit is being furnished, rather than filed, and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing, in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

58


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    60  
    62  
    63  
    64  
    65  
    66  


59


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Symantec Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Symantec Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 2, 2010. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements we have also audited the related financial statement schedule listed in Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Symantec Corporation and subsidiaries as of April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 2, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 4, 2009, Symantec Corporation changed its method of accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) by retrospectively adopting new accounting requirements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Symantec Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 2, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated May 21, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
Mountain View, California
May 21, 2010


60


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Symantec Corporation:
 
We have audited Symantec Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of April 2, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A(b). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 2, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Symantec Corporation and subsidiaries as of April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 2, 2010, and our report dated May 21, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
Mountain View, California
May 21, 2010


61


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    April 2,
    April 3,
 
    2010     2009 *  
    (In millions, except par value)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,029     $ 1,793  
Short-term investments
    15       199  
Trade accounts receivable, net
    856       837  
Inventories
    25       27  
Deferred income taxes
    176       163  
Other current assets
    250       278  
                 
Total current assets
    4,351       3,297  
Property and equipment, net
    949       973  
Intangible assets, net
    1,179       1,639  
Goodwill
    4,605       4,561  
Investment in joint venture
    58       97  
Other long-term assets
    90       71  
                 
Total assets
  $ 11,232     $ 10,638  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 214     $ 190  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    349       374  
Deferred revenue
    2,835       2,644  
Income taxes payable
    35       44  
Other current liabilities
    338       261  
                 
Total current liabilities
    3,771       3,513  
Convertible senior notes
    1,871       1,766  
Long-term deferred revenue
    371       419  
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
    195       181  
Long-term income taxes payable
    426       522  
Other long-term obligations
    50       90  
                 
Total liabilities
    6,684       6,491  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock (par value: $0.01, 3,000 shares authorized; 1,182 and 1,201 shares issued at April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009; 798 and 817 shares outstanding at April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009)
    8       8  
Additional paid-in capital
    8,990       9,289  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    159       186  
Accumulated deficit
    (4,609 )     (5,336 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    4,548       4,147  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 11,232     $ 10,638  
                 
 
 
* As adjusted for the retrospective adoption of new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments. See Note 1 for further discussion.
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.


62


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2009 *     2008 *  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
Net revenue:
                       
Content, subscription, and maintenance
  $ 5,034     $ 4,863     $ 4,561  
License
    951       1,287       1,313  
                         
Total net revenue
    5,985       6,150       5,874  
Cost of revenue:
                       
Content, subscription, and maintenance
    849       840       826  
License
    22       35       45  
Amortization of acquired product rights
    234       352       349  
                         
Total cost of revenue
    1,105       1,227       1,220  
                         
Gross profit
    4,880       4,923       4,654  
Operating expenses:
                       
Sales and marketing
    2,367       2,386       2,415  
Research and development
    857       870       895  
General and administrative
    352       343       348  
Amortization of other purchased intangible assets
    247       233       225  
Restructuring and transformation
    94       96       74  
Impairment of goodwill
          7,419        
Loss and impairment of assets held for sale
    30       46       95  
                         
Total operating expenses
    3,947       11,393       4,052  
Operating (loss) income
    933       (6,470 )     602  
Interest income
    6       37       77  
Interest expense
    (129 )     (125 )     (119 )
Other income, net
    55       8       63  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes and loss from joint venture
    865       (6,550 )     623  
Provision for income taxes
    112       183       213  
Loss from joint venture
    39       53        
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 714     $ (6,786 )   $ 410  
                         
Net income (loss) per share — basic
  $ 0.88     $ (8.17 )   $ 0.47  
Net income (loss) per share — diluted
  $ 0.87     $ (8.17 )   $ 0.46  
Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic
    810       831       868  
Weighted-average shares outstanding — diluted
    819       831       884  
 
 
* As adjusted for the retrospective adoption of new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments. See Note 1 for further discussion.
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.


63


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AS OF APRIL 2, 2010, APRIL 3, 2009 AND MARCH 28, 2008
 
                                                 
                      Accumulated
             
                Additional
    Other
    Accumulated
    Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Comprehensive
    Earnings
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital *     Income     (Deficit)*     Equity*  
    (In millions)  
 
Balances, March 30, 2007
    899     $ 9     $ 10,409     $ 183     $ 1,310     $ 11,911  
Components of comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income, as adjusted
                            410       410  
Translation adjustment, net of tax of $16
                      (23 )           (23 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            387  
                                                 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
    20             223                   223  
Repurchases of common stock
    (81 )     (1 )     (1,347 )           (151 )     (1,499 )
Restricted stock units released, net of taxes
    1             (4 )                 (4 )
Stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures
                157                   157  
Acquisition PPA adjustment for options
                32                   32  
Income tax benefit from employee stock transactions
                17                   17  
Cumulative effect of adjustments from the adoption of FIN 48, net of taxes
                            5       5  
                                                 
Balances, March 28, 2008
    839       8       9,487       160       1,574       11,229  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                               
Net loss, as adjusted
                            (6,786 )     (6,786 )
Translation adjustment, net of tax of ($36)
                      21             21  
Reclassification adjustment for net loss on legal liquidation of foreign entities included in net income, net
                      5             5  
                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (6,760 )
                                                 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
    18             230                   230  
Repurchases of common stock
    (42 )           (576 )           (124 )     (700 )
Restricted stock units released, net of taxes
    2             (15 )                 (15 )
Stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures
                154                   154  
Income tax benefit from employee stock transactions
                9                   9  
                                                 
Balances, April 3, 2009
    817       8       9,289       186       (5,336 )     4,147  
Components of comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            714       714  
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                      3             3  
Translation adjustment, net of tax of $9
                      17             17  
Reclassification adjustment for net gain on legal liquidation of foreign entities included in net income, net
                      (47 )           (47 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            687  
                                                 
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
    12             124                   124  
Repurchases of common stock
    (34 )           (566 )           13       (553 )
Restricted stock units released, net of taxes
    3             (20 )                 (20 )
Stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures
                154                   154  
Income tax benefit from employee stock transactions
                9                   9  
                                                 
Balances, April 2, 2010
    798     $ 8     $ 8,990     $ 159     $ (4,609 )   $ 4,548  
                                                 
 
 
* As adjusted for the retrospective adoption of new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments. See Note 1 for further discussion.
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.


64


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2009*     2008*  
    (In millions)  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 714     $ (6,786 )   $ 410  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    733       836       824  
Amortization of discount on senior convertible notes
    104       97       91  
Stock-based compensation expense
    155       157       164  
Loss and impairment of assets held for sale
    30       46       95  
Deferred income taxes
    (41 )     (127 )     (216 )
Income tax benefit from the exercise of stock options
    10       14       29  
Excess income tax benefit from the exercise of stock options
    (13 )     (18 )     (26 )
Loss from joint venture
    39       53        
Net gain on settlements of litigation
                (59 )
Impairment of goodwill
          7,419        
Net (gain) loss on legal liquidation of foreign entities
    (47 )     5        
Other
          8       3  
Net change in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:
                       
Trade accounts receivable, net
    (14 )     (85 )     (7 )
Inventories
    3       6       11  
Accounts payable
    4       (49 )     1  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    (34 )     (55 )     97  
Deferred revenue
    114       141       127  
Income taxes payable
    (105 )     (29 )     196  
Other assets
    1       66       81  
Other liabilities
    40       (28 )     (2 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,693       1,671       1,819  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (248 )     (272 )     (274 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
    45       40       105  
Cash payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (31 )     (1,063 )     (1,162 )
Investment in joint venture
                (150 )
Purchase of equity investments
    (21 )     (2 )      
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (2 )     (349 )     (1,234 )
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    192       685       1,189  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (65 )     (961 )     (1,526 )
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net proceeds from sales of common stock under employee stock benefit plans
    124       229       224  
Excess income tax benefit from the exercise of stock options
    13       18       26  
Tax payments related to restricted stock issuance
    (20 )     (16 )     (4 )
Repurchase of common stock
    (553 )     (700 )     (1,500 )
Repayment of short-term borrowing
          (200 )      
Repayment of other long-term liability
    (5 )     (8 )     (12 )
Proceeds from short-term borrowing
                200  
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (441 )     (677 )     (1,066 )
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents
    49       (130 )     104  
                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    1,236       (97 )     (669 )
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
    1,793       1,890       2,559  
                         
Ending cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,029     $ 1,793     $ 1,890  
                         
Supplemental schedule of non-cash transactions:
                       
Issuance of stock options and restricted stock for business acquisitions
  $     $     $ 35  
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
                       
Income taxes paid (net of refunds)
  $ 247     $ 321     $ 181  
Interest expense paid
  $ 19     $ 23     $ 23  
 
 
* As adjusted for the retrospective adoption of new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments. See Note 1 for further discussion.
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.


65


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Note 1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business
 
Symantec Corporation (“we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Company” refer to Symantec Corporation and all of its subsidiaries) is a provider of security, storage and systems management solutions that help businesses and consumers secure and manage their information. We provide customers worldwide with software and services that protect, manage and control information risks related to security, data protection, storage, compliance, and systems management. We help our customers manage cost, complexity and compliance by protecting their IT infrastructure as they seek to maximize value from their IT investments.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Symantec Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation with no impact on previously reported net income.
 
Fiscal Calendar
 
We have a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Friday closest to March 31. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years.
 
         
Fiscal Year
 
Ended
 
Weeks
 
2010
  April 2, 2010   52
2009
  April 3, 2009   53
2008
  March 28, 2008   52
 
Our 2011 fiscal year will consist of 52 weeks and will end on April 1, 2011.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are based upon historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of management. Management evaluates its assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and may engage outside subject matter experts to assist in its valuations. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include those related to the allocation of revenue between recognized and deferred amounts, fair value of financial instruments, valuation of goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets, valuation of stock-based compensation, contingencies and litigation, and the valuation allowance for deferred income taxes.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the exchange rate on the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are translated using monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The translation adjustments resulting from this process are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income. In event of liquidation of a foreign subsidiary, the accumulated translation adjustment attributable to that foreign subsidiary is reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income and included in Other Income, net. As a result of such liquidations in fiscal 2010 and 2009, we recorded a net gain of $47 million and a net loss of $5 million, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are also included in Other income, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency transaction losses were $3 million and $8 million for


66


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
fiscal 2010 and 2008, respectively. We had a foreign currency transaction gain in fiscal 2009 of $11 million. Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are established on the cumulative translation adjustment attributable to unremitted foreign earnings that are not intended to be indefinitely reinvested.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We market and distribute our software products both as stand-alone products and as integrated product suites. We recognize revenue when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, 3) fees are fixed or determinable and 4) collectability is probable. If we determine that any one of the four criteria is not met, we will defer recognition of revenue until all the criteria are met.
 
We derive revenue primarily from sales of content, subscriptions, and maintenance and licenses. We present revenue net of sales taxes and any similar assessments.
 
Content, subscriptions, and maintenance revenue includes arrangements for software maintenance and technical support for our products, content and subscription services primarily related to our security products, revenue from arrangements where vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value of undelivered elements does not exist, arrangements for managed security services, and Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) offerings. These arrangements are generally offered to our customers over a specified period of time, and we recognize the related revenue ratably over the maintenance, subscription, or service period.
 
Content, subscriptions, and maintenance revenue also includes professional services revenue, which consists primarily of the fees we earn related to consulting and educational services. We generally recognize revenue from professional services as the services are performed or upon written acceptance from customers, if applicable, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition noted above have been met.
 
License revenue is derived primarily from the licensing of our various products and technology. We generally recognize license revenue upon delivery of the product, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition noted above have been met.
 
We enter into perpetual software license agreements through direct sales to customers and indirect sales with distributors and resellers. The license agreements generally include product maintenance agreements, for which the related revenue is included with Content, subscriptions, and maintenance and is deferred and recognized ratably over the period of the agreements.
 
For arrangements that include multiple elements, including perpetual software licenses, maintenance, services, and packaged products with content updates, managed security services, and subscriptions, we allocate and defer revenue for the undelivered items based on VSOE of the fair value of the undelivered elements, and recognize the difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered items as license revenue. VSOE of each element is based on historical evidence of our stand-alone sales of these elements to third parties or from the stated renewal rate for the undelivered elements. When VSOE does not exist for undelivered items, the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the performance period. Our deferred revenue consists primarily of the unamortized balance of enterprise product maintenance, consumer product content update subscriptions, and arrangements where VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element.
 
For arrangements that include both software and non-software elements that are within the scope of the newly adopted accounting standards, further described below under “Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance”, we allocate revenue to the software deliverables as a group and non-software deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the new accounting principles establish a hierarchy to determine the selling price used for allocating revenue to the deliverables as follows: (i) VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“ESP”). Our appliance products, SaaS and certain other services are considered to be non-software elements in our arrangements.


67


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. The determination of ESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by our management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy and pricing factors. ESP applies to a small portion of our arrangements with multiple deliverables.
 
Indirect channel sales
 
For our Consumer segment, we sell packaged software products through a multi-tiered distribution channel. We also sell electronic download and packaged products via the Internet. We separately sell annual content update subscriptions directly to end-users primarily via the Internet. For our consumer products that include content updates, we recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription upon sell-through to end-users, as the subscription period commences on the date of sale to the end-user. For most other consumer products, we recognize packaged product revenue on distributor and reseller channel inventory that is not in excess of specified inventory levels in these channels. We offer the right of return of our products under various policies and programs with our distributors, resellers, and end-user customers. We estimate and record reserves for product returns as an offset to revenue. We fully reserve for obsolete products in the distribution channel as an offset to deferred revenue for products with content updates and to revenue for all other products.
 
For our Security and Compliance and Storage and Server Management segments, we generally recognize revenue from the licensing of software products through our indirect sales channel upon sell-through or with evidence of an end-user. For licensing of our software to OEMs, royalty revenue is recognized when the OEM reports the sale of the software products to an end-user, generally on a quarterly basis. In addition to license royalties, some OEMs pay an annual flat fee and/or support royalties for the right to sell maintenance and technical support to the end-user. We recognize revenue from OEM support royalties and fees ratably over the term of the support agreement.
 
We offer channel and end-user rebates for our products. Our estimated reserves for channel volume incentive rebates are based on distributors’ and resellers’ actual performance against the terms and conditions of volume incentive rebate programs, which are typically entered into quarterly. Our reserves for end-user rebates are estimated based on the terms and conditions of the promotional program, actual sales during the promotion, amount of actual redemptions received, historical redemption trends by product and by type of promotional program, and the value of the rebate. We estimate and record reserves for channel and end-user rebates as an offset to revenue. For consumer products that include content updates, rebates are recorded as a ratable offset to revenue over the term of the subscription.
 
Financial Instruments
 
The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents.   We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are recognized at fair value. As of April 2, 2010, our cash equivalents consisted of $2 billion in money market funds, $216 million in bank securities and deposits, and $116 million in government securities. As of April 3, 2009, our cash equivalents consisted of $389 million in money market funds, $474 million in bank securities and deposits, and $479 million in government securities.
 
Short-Term Investments.   Short-term investments consist of marketable debt or equity securities that are classified as available-for-sale and recognized at fair value. The determination of fair value is further detailed in Note 2. Our portfolios generally consist of (1) debt securities which include asset-backed securities, corporate securities and government securities, and (2) marketable equity securities. As of April 2, 2010, our asset-backed securities have contractual maturity dates in excess of 10 years and corporate securities have contractual maturity


68


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
dates of less than two years. We regularly review our investment portfolio to identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairment. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is other-than-temporary include: the length of time and extent to which the fair market value has been lower than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, credit quality, likelihood of recovery, and our ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair market value.
 
Unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, and other-than-temporary impairments for all reasons other than credit worthiness are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income. The amortization of premiums and discounts on the investments, realized gains and losses, and declines in value due to credit worthiness judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale debt securities are included in Other income, net. We use the specific-identification method to determine cost in calculating realized gains and losses upon sale of short-term investments.
 
Equity Investments.   During fiscal 2010, we made equity investments in privately held companies whose businesses are complementary to our business. These investments are accounted for under the cost method of accounting, as we hold less than 20% of the voting stock outstanding and do not exert significant influence over these companies. The investments are included in Other long-term assets. We assess the recoverability of these investments by reviewing various indicators of impairment and determine the fair value of these investments by performing a discounted cash flow analysis of estimated future cash flows if there are indicators of impairment. If a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, impairment would be recognized and included in Other income, net. As of April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009, we held equity investments in privately-held companies of $22 million and $3 million, respectively. Other-than-temporary impairments related to these investments were not material for the periods presented.
 
Derivative Instruments.   We transact business in various foreign currencies and have foreign currency risks associated with monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. We utilize foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our forward contracts generally have terms of one to six months. We do not use forward contracts for trading purposes. The gains and losses on the contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses on the underlying transactions. Both the changes in fair value of outstanding forward contracts and realized foreign exchange gains and losses are included in Other income, net. Contract fair values are determined based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets using inputs such as LIBOR, currency rates, forward points, and commonly quoted credit risk data. For each fiscal period presented in this report, outstanding derivative contracts and the related gains or losses were not material.
 
Convertible Senior Notes, Note Hedges and Revolving Credit Facility.   Our convertible senior notes are recorded at cost based upon par value at issuance less a discount for the estimated value of the equity component of the notes, which is amortized through maturity as additional non-cash interest expense. See Note 7 for further details. Debt issuance costs were recorded in Other long-term assets and are being amortized to Interest expense using the effective interest method over five years for the 0.75% Notes and seven years for the 1.00% Notes. In conjunction with the issuance of the notes, we entered into note hedge transactions which provide us with the option to purchase additional common shares at a fixed price after conversion. The cost incurred in connection with the note hedge transactions, net of the related tax benefit, and the proceeds from the sale of warrants, was included as a net reduction in Additional paid-in capital. Borrowings under our $1 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility are recognized at cost plus accrued interest based upon stated interest rates.
 
Trade Accounts Receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are not interest bearing. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible trade receivables. Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded as General and administrative expenses. We review our trade receivables by aging category to identify specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In addition, we maintain an allowance for all other receivables not included in the specific reserve by applying specific percentages of projected uncollectible receivables to the various aging categories. In determining these percentages, we analyze our historical collection experience and current economic trends. We exercise judgment when


69


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
determining the adequacy of these reserves as we evaluate historical bad debt trends, general economic conditions in the U.S. and internationally, and changes in customer financial conditions. We also offset deferred revenue against accounts receivable when channel inventories are in excess of specified levels and for transactions where collection of a receivable is not considered probable. The following table summarizes trade accounts receivable, net of allowances and reserves, for the periods presented:
 
                 
    As of  
    April 2,
    April 3,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Trade accounts receivable, net:
               
Receivables
  $ 873     $ 858  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    (8 )     (9 )
Less: reserve for product returns
    (9 )     (12 )
                 
Trade accounts receivable, net:
  $ 856     $ 837  
                 
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using the first-in, first-out method. Inventory predominantly consists of deferred costs of revenue and finished goods. Deferred costs of revenue were $23 million as of April 2, 2010 and $24 million as of April 3, 2009, of which $17 million in both periods was related to consumer products that include content updates and will be recognized ratably over the term of the subscription.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We also capitalize certain costs incurred related to the development of internal use software. We capitalize costs incurred during the application development stage related to the development of internal use software. We expense costs incurred related to the planning and post-implementation phases of development as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings are depreciated over 20 to 30 years, and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the improvement or the initial lease term. Computer hardware and software is depreciated over three to five years and office furniture and equipment is depreciated over a three to five-year period. The following table summarizes property and equipment by categories for the periods presented:
 
                 
    As of  
    April 2,
    April 3,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Property and equipment, net:
               
Computer hardware and software
  $ 1,237     $ 989  
Office furniture and equipment
    185       199  
Buildings
    440       483  
Leasehold improvements
    245       228  
                 
      2,107       1,899  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,299 )     (1,077 )
                 
      808       822  
Construction in progress
    70       73  
Land
    71       78  
                 
Property and equipment, net:
  $ 949     $ 973  
                 


70


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Depreciation expense was $247 million, $250 million and $255 million in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Business Combinations
 
We use the acquisition method of accounting under the authoritative guidance on business combinations. Each acquired company’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements starting on the date of acquisition. The purchase price is equivalent to the fair value of consideration transferred. Tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are recorded at the acquisition date fair value. Goodwill is recognized for the excess of purchase price over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
Amounts allocated to assets and liabilities are based upon fair values. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to the identifiable intangible assets. Management makes estimates of fair value based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable and that of a market participant. These estimates are based on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. The separately identifiable intangible assets generally include acquired product rights, developed technology, customer lists and tradenames. We did not acquire in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) in the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. We estimate the fair value of deferred revenue related to product support assumed in connection with acquisitions. The estimated fair value of deferred revenue is determined by estimating the costs related to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin. The estimated costs to fulfill the support contracts are based on the historical direct costs related to providing the support.
 
For any given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies. We estimate the fair value of such contingencies, which are included under the acquisition method as part of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed, as appropriate. Differences from these estimates are recorded in the period in which they are identified.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill.   Our methodology for allocating the purchase price relating to acquisitions is determined through established valuation techniques. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. We review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we determine the carrying value (book value) of the assets and liabilities for each reporting unit, which requires the allocation of goodwill to each reporting unit. We then estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, which are the same as our operating segments. The first step in evaluating goodwill for impairment is to determine if the estimated fair value of equity is greater than the carrying value of equity of each reporting unit. If step one indicates that impairment potentially exists, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Goodwill impairment exists when the estimated fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value.
 
To determine the reporting units’ fair values in the current year analysis, we use the income approach which is based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of that reporting unit. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit under the income approach is corroborated with the market approach which measures the value of an asset through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable property. We also consider our market capitalization on the date of the analysis. The methodology applied in the current year analysis was consistent with the methodology applied in the prior year analysis, but was based on updated assumptions, as appropriate.
 
Our cash flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors. To determine the reporting units’ carrying values, we allocated assets and liabilities based on either specific


71


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
identification or by using judgment for the remaining assets and liabilities that are not specific to a reporting unit. Goodwill was allocated to the reporting units based on a combination of specific identification and relative fair values, which is consistent with the methodology utilized in the prior year impairment analysis. The use of relative fair values was necessary for certain reporting units due to impairment charges and changes in our operating structure in prior years.
 
Prior to performing our second step in the goodwill impairment analysis, we perform an assessment of long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment.
 
Intangible Assets.   In connection with our acquisitions, we generally recognize assets for customer relationships, developed technology, acquired product rights (purchased product rights, technologies, databases, patents, and contracts) and tradenames. Intangible assets are recognized at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization of intangible assets is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally from one to eleven years. Amortization for developed technology and acquired product rights is recognized in Cost of revenue. Amortization for customer lists and tradenames is recognized in Operating expenses.
 
On an interim basis, we determine if triggering events for impairment of intangible assets are present, and if so assess recoverability of those intangible assets. To determine the recoverability of our definite-lived intangible assets, when indicators of impairment are identified, we compare the carrying amounts against the estimated future cash flows related to the underlying group of assets. These estimates are based on company forecasts and are subject to change. In addition, for intangible assets with indefinite lives, we review such assets for impairment on an annual basis consistent with the timing of the annual evaluation for goodwill.
 
We record impairment charges on developed technology or acquired product rights when we determine that the net realizable value of the assets may not be recoverable. To determine the net realizable value of the assets, we use the estimated future gross revenue from each product. Our estimated future gross revenue of each product is based on forecasts and is subject to change.
 
Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in each jurisdiction in which we operate. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.
 
We are required to compute our income taxes in each federal, state, and international jurisdiction in which we operate. This process requires that we estimate the current tax exposure as well as assess temporary differences between the accounting and tax treatment of assets and liabilities, including items such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. The income tax effects of the differences we identify are classified as current or long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our judgments, assumptions, and estimates relative to the current provision for income tax take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws, and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Changes in tax laws or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and future tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations. We must also assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable income and, based on this assessment, establish a valuation allowance, if required. Our determination of our valuation allowance is based upon a number of assumptions, judgments, and estimates, including forecasted earnings, future taxable income, and the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. To the extent we establish a


72


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
valuation allowance or change the valuation allowance in a period, we reflect the change with a corresponding increase or decrease to our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
We adopted authoritative guidance on income taxes, effective March 31, 2007, that clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. It also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
 
This guidance prescribes a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. No compensation cost is ultimately recognized for awards for which employees do not render the requisite service and are forfeited.
 
Fair Value of Stock-Based Awards.   We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. We estimate the expected life of options granted based on an analysis of our historical experience of employee exercise and post-vesting termination behavior considered in relation to the contractual life of the option. Expected volatility is based on the average of historical volatility for the period commensurate with the expected life of the option and the implied volatility of traded options. The risk free interest rate is equal to the U.S. Treasury constant maturity rates for the period equal to the expected life. We do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, our expected dividend yield is zero. The fair value of each RSU is equal to the market value of Symantec’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of each ESPP purchase right is equal to the 15% discount on shares purchased.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
A significant portion of our revenue and net income (loss) is derived from international sales and independent agents and distributors. Fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies, changes in local regulatory or economic conditions, piracy, or nonperformance by independent agents or distributors could adversely affect operating results.
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade accounts receivable, and forward foreign exchange contracts. Our investment portfolio is diversified and consists of investment grade securities. Our investment policy limits the amount of credit risk exposure to any one issuer and in any one country. We are exposed to credit risks in the event of default by the issuers to the extent of the amount recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The credit risk in our


73


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
trade accounts receivable is substantially mitigated by our credit evaluation process, reasonably short collection terms, and the geographical dispersion of sales transactions. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations. See Note 11 for details of significant customers.
 
Advertising costs
 
Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and include electronic and print advertising, trade shows, collateral production, and all forms of direct marketing. Starting in January 2007, certain advertising contracts contain placement fee arrangements with escalation clauses which are expensed on an estimated average cost basis over the term of the arrangement. The difference between the actual placement fee paid and the estimated average placement fee cost was $47 million and $82 million for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Advertising costs included in Sales and marketing expense for fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $615 million, $572 million, and $555 million, respectively.
 
Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on convertible debt instruments that requires the issuer of convertible debt instruments with cash settlement features to separately account for the liability and equity components of the instrument. The debt is recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted using the issuer’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component is recognized as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability. This guidance also requires interest to be accreted as interest expense of the resultant debt discount over the expected life of the debt. This guidance applies to the 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes (“0.75% Notes”) due June 15, 2011 and the 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes (“1.00% Notes”) due June 15, 2013, collectively referred to as the Senior Notes. Prior to the adoption of this guidance, the liability of the Senior Notes was carried at its principal value and only the contractual interest expense was recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Because this guidance requires retrospective adoption, we were required to adjust all periods for which the Senior Notes were outstanding before the date of adoption.
 
Upon adoption of this guidance and effective as of the issuance date of the Senior Notes in June 2006, we recorded $586 million of the principal amount to equity, representing the debt discount for the difference between our estimated nonconvertible debt borrowing rate of 6.78% at the time of issuance and the coupon rate of the Senior Notes. This debt discount, recorded in additional paid-in capital, is amortized as additional non-cash interest expense over the contractual terms of the Senior Notes using the effective interest method. In addition, we allocated $9 million of the issuance costs to the equity component of the Senior Notes and the remaining $24 million of the issuance costs to the debt component of the Senior Notes. The issuance costs were allocated pro rata based on the relative carrying amounts of the debt and equity components. The debt issuance costs associated with the debt component are amortized as interest expense over the respective contractual terms of the Senior Notes using the effective interest method.


74


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The retrospective adoption of this guidance resulted in the following adjustments to our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 3, 2009:
 
                         
    As of April 3, 2009  
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Adjusted  
    (In millions)  
 
Current assets
  $ 3,300     $ (3 ) (1)   $ 3,297  
Property and equipment, net
    973               973  
Intangible assets, net
    1,639               1,639  
Goodwill
    4,561               4,561  
Investment in joint venture
    97               97  
Other long-term assets
    75       (4 ) (2)     71  
                         
Total assets
  $ 10,645     $ (7 )   $ 10,638  
                         
Current liabilities
  $ 3,513     $     $ 3,513  
Convertible senior notes
    2,100       (334 ) (3)     1,766  
Long-term deferred revenue
    419               419  
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
    53       128 (4)     181  
Long-term income taxes payable
    522               522  
Other long-term liabilities
    90               90  
                         
Total liabilities
    6,697       (206 )     6,491  
                         
Common stock
    8             8  
Additional paid-in capital
    8,941       348 (5)     9,289  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    186               186  
Accumulated deficit
    (5,187 )     (149 ) (6)     (5,336 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,948       199       4,147  
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 10,645     $ (7 )   $ 10,638  
                         


75


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The retrospective adoption of this guidance resulted in the following adjustments to our Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended April 3, 2009     Fiscal Year Ended March 28, 2008  
    As Previously
          As
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Adjusted     Reported     Adjustments     Adjusted  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
Total net revenue
  $ 6,150     $     $ 6,150     $ 5,874     $     $ 5,874  
Costs and expenses
    12,620             12,620       5,272             5,272  
                                                 
Operating (loss) income
    (6,470 )           (6,470 )     602             602  
                                                 
Interest income
    37             37       77             77  
Interest expense
    (29 )     (96 ) (7)     (125 )     (30 )     (89 ) (7)     (119 )
Impairment of marketable securities
    (4 )           (4 )                  
Other income, net
    12             12       63             63  
                                                 
(Loss) income before income taxes and loss from joint venture
    (6,454 )     (96 )     (6,550 )     712       (89 )     623  
Provision for income taxes
    222       (39 ) (8)     183       249       (36 ) (8)     213  
Loss from joint venture
    53             53                    
                                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (6,729 )   $ (57 )   $ (6,786 )   $ 463     $ (53 )   $ 410  
                                                 
Net (loss) income per share — basic
  $ (8.10 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (8.17 )   $ 0.53     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.47  
Net (loss) income per share — diluted
  $ (8.10 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (8.17 )   $ 0.52     $ (0.06 )   $ 0.46  
 
 
(1) This amount represents the cumulative adjustments to the current portion of the debt issuance costs associated with the Senior Notes.
 
(2) This amount represents the cumulative adjustments to the long-term portion of the debt issuance costs associated with the Senior Notes.
 
(3) This amount represents the remaining unamortized debt discount on the Senior Notes.
 
(4) This amount represents the long-term deferred income tax impact of the reduction in the book basis, with no corresponding reduction in the tax basis, of the Senior Notes.
 
(5) This amount represents the equity component of the Senior Notes, net of tax adjustments to the tax benefit of call options, due to the amortization of the debt discount.
 
(6) This amount represents the cumulative Net income impact of the amortization of the debt discount, recognized as additional non-cash interest expense, and the associated tax adjustments since inception of the Senior Notes.
 
(7) These amounts represent the amortization of the debt discount, recognized as additional non-cash interest expense, net of the decrease in interest expense associated with the debt issuance costs.
 
(8) These amounts represent the tax effect of the amortization of the debt discount and debt issuance costs.
 
The retrospective adoption of this guidance does not affect our balance of Cash and cash equivalents and as a result did not change net cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended April 3, 2009 and March 28, 2008.


76


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The retrospective adoption of this guidance resulted in the following adjustments to our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity:
 
                 
    Additional
    Accumulated
 
    Paid-In
    (Deficit)
 
    Capital     Earnings  
    (In millions)  
 
Balances, March 30, 2007, as reported
  $ 10,061     $ 1,348  
Equity component of Senior Notes, net of taxes
    357        
Equity component of debt issuance costs
    (9 )      
Amortization of debt discount
          (64 )
Amortization of debt issuance costs, net of reversal of previously recorded amortization of debt issuance costs
          1  
Tax adjustments
          25  
                 
Balances, March 30, 2007, as adjusted
    10,409       1,310  
Fiscal 2008 equity activity, as reported
    (922 )     317  
Amortization of debt discount
          (91 )
Amortization of debt issuance costs, net of reversal of previously recorded amortization of debt issuance costs
          2  
Tax adjustments
          36  
                 
Balances, March 28, 2008, as adjusted
    9,487       1,574  
Fiscal 2009 equity activity, as reported
    (198 )     (6,853 )
Amortization of debt discount
          (97 )
Amortization of debt issuance costs, net of reversal of previously recorded amortization of debt issuance costs
          1  
Tax adjustments
          39  
                 
Balances, April 3, 2009, as adjusted
  $ 9,289     $ (5,336 )
                 
 
Upon adoption of this guidance and effective as of the issuance date of the Senior Notes, we recorded, as adjustments to additional paid-in capital, deferred taxes for the differences between the carrying value and tax basis that resulted from allocating $586 million of the principal amount of the Senior Notes and $9 million of the associated issuance costs to equity. In subsequent periods, we recorded adjustments to deferred taxes to reflect the tax effect of the amortization of the debt discount and debt issuance costs.
 
Other Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on business combinations that requires an acquiring entity to measure and recognize identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date fair value with limited exceptions. The changes include the treatment of acquisition related transaction costs, the valuation of any noncontrolling interest at acquisition date fair value, the recording of acquired contingent liabilities at acquisition date fair value and the subsequent re-measurement of such liabilities after the acquisition date, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development, the accounting for acquisition-related restructuring cost accruals subsequent to the acquisition date, and the recognition of changes in the acquirer’s income tax valuation allowance. Our acquisitions during fiscal 2010 have been accounted for using this new authoritative guidance. See Note 4. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, however, it could have a material impact on future periods.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on the recognition and measurement of other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities that replaced the pre-existing “intent and ability” indicator.


77


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
This guidance specifies that if the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is triggered in circumstances in which (1) an entity has an intent to sell the security, (2) it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the entity does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security (that is, a credit loss exists). Other-than-temporary impairments are separated into amounts representing credit losses, which are recognized in earnings, and amounts related to all other factors, which are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated financial statements, which includes requiring noncontrolling interests be classified as a component of consolidated stockholders’ equity and to identify earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests reported as part of consolidated earnings. The guidance also requires the gain or loss on the deconsolidated subsidiary be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance that specifies the way in which fair value measurements should be made for non-financial assets and liabilities that are not measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and specifies additional disclosures related to these fair value measurements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements. The new standard changes the requirements for establishing separate units of accounting in a multiple element arrangement and requires the allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price. The new standard establishes a selling price hierarchy that allows for the use of an estimated selling price to determine the allocation of arrangement consideration to a deliverable in a multiple element arrangement where neither VSOE nor TPE is available for that deliverable. Concurrently to issuing the new standard, the FASB also issued new authoritative guidance that excludes tangible products that contain software and non-software elements that function together to provide the tangible products’ essential functionality from the scope of software revenue guidance. We have elected to adopt the new accounting standards as of the beginning of fiscal 2010 for applicable transactions originating from or materially modified after April 2, 2009. Our adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements. Our joint venture also adopted the accounting standards during its period ended December 31, 2009, which was applied to the beginning of its fiscal year. As a result of the joint venture’s adoption of the accounting standards, our Loss from joint venture decreased by $12 million during our fiscal 2010. See Note 6 for further details regarding the impact of this guidance on our joint venture.
 
Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance which changes the model for determining whether an entity should consolidate a variable interest entity (“VIE”). The standard replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a VIE with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a VIE and the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive the entity’s residual returns. The statement is effective as of the first quarter of our fiscal 2011, and early adoption is prohibited. We do not expect the adoption of this new authoritative guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 2.   Fair Value Measurements
 
We measure assets and liabilities at fair value based on an expected exit price as defined by the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, which represents the amount that would be received on the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability, as the case may be, in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value may be based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The


78


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
authoritative guidance on fair value measurements establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis whereby inputs, used in valuation techniques, are assigned a hierarchical level. The following are the hierarchical levels of inputs to measure fair value:
 
  •  Level 1:   Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
  •  Level 2:   Inputs reflect: quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
  •  Level 3:   Unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions incorporated in valuation techniques used to determine fair value. These assumptions are required to be consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.
 
Assets Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
The following table summarizes our assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:
 
                                                                 
    As of April 2, 2010     As of April 3, 2009  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash equivalents:
                                                               
Money market funds
  $ 2,046     $     $     $ 2,046     $ 389     $     $     $ 389  
Bank securities and deposits
          216             216             474             474  
Government securities
          116             116             479             479  
                                                                 
Total cash equivalents
    2,046       332             2,378       389       953             1,342  
Short-term investments:
                                                               
Asset-backed securities
          6             6             13             13  
Corporate securities
          4             4             8             8  
Government securities
                                  175             175  
Marketable equity securities
    5                   5       3                   3  
                                                                 
Total short-term investments
    5       10             15       3       196             199  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 2,051     $ 342     $     $ 2,393     $ 392     $ 1,149     $     $ 1,541  
                                                                 
 
Level 2 fixed income available-for-sale securities are priced using quoted market prices for similar instruments, nonbinding market prices that are corroborated by observable market data, or discounted cash flow techniques.


79


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Assets Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
The following table summarizes our assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:
 
                                         
                    Impairment
                    Fiscal Year
                    Ended
    April 2,
              April 2,
    2010   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   2010
    (In millions)
 
Assets held for sale
  $ 34     $     $ 34     $     $ 20  
 
In fiscal 2010 and 2009, as part of our ongoing review of real estate holdings, we determined that certain properties were underutilized. As a result, we committed to sell properties with a total estimated fair value, less costs to sell, of approximately $34 million and $59 million as of April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009, respectively. Assets held for sale are included in Other current assets. We expect the sale of the remaining properties to be completed during fiscal 2011.
 
The fair value measurements were based on recent offers made by third parties to purchase the properties or on valuation appraisals. To reflect the fair value less costs to sell, assets held for sale were written down during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. As a result, we recorded impairments of $20 million, $46 million, and $93 million, respectively. We sold assets for $42 million and $98 million, which resulted in losses of $10 million and $2 million in fiscal 2010 and 2008, respectively. We also sold properties in fiscal 2009 for $40 million, which resulted in an immaterial loss.
 
Note 3.   Short-Term Investments
 
The following table summarizes our available-for-sale investments:
 
                                                                 
    As of April 2, 2010     As of April 3, 2009  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value     Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Asset-backed securities
  $ 7     $     $ (1 )   $ 6     $ 15     $     $ (2 )   $ 13  
Corporate securities
    4                   4       8                   8  
Government securities
                            175                   175  
Marketable equity securities
    2       3             5       2       1             3  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 13     $ 3     $ (1 )   $ 15     $ 200     $ 1     $ (2 )   $ 199  
                                                                 
 
The following table provides the gross unrealized losses and the fair market value of our investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
 
                                                                                                 
    As of April 2, 2010   As of April 3, 2009
    Less than 12
  12 Months or
      Less than 12
  12 Months or
   
    Months   Greater   Total   Months   Greater   Total
    Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value   Losses   Fair Value
    (In millions)
 
Asset-backed securities
  $     $     $ 1     $ 6     $ 1     $ 6     $     $     $ 2     $ 13     $ 2     $ 13  
 
Proceeds from sales, maturities, and principal pay downs related to available-for-sale securities were $192 million and $685 million primarily from the maturities related to government securities for fiscal 2010 and the sales of asset-backed securities for fiscal 2009, respectively. The gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale investments were not material for fiscal 2010. The gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale investments totaled $3 million and were primarily related to our sales of asset-backed securities and corporate securities in fiscal 2009.


80


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 4.   Acquisitions
 
Fiscal 2010 acquisitions
 
During fiscal 2010, we completed two acquisitions of nonpublic companies for an aggregate of $42 million in cash. No equity interests were issued. We recorded goodwill in connection with each of these acquisitions, which resulted primarily from our expectation of synergies from the integration of the acquired company’s technology with our technology. The goodwill for these acquisitions is only partially tax deductible, if at all. The results of operations for the acquired companies have been included in our results of operations since their respective acquisition dates. These acquisitions are included in our Security and Compliance segment.
 
The purchase price allocation related to these fiscal 2010 acquisitions is as follows ( in millions ):
 
         
Acquisition date
    Various  
Net tangible assets (liabilities)
  $  
Intangible assets (1)
    18  
Goodwill
    24  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 42  
         
 
 
(1) Intangible assets include customer relationships of $13 million and developed technology of $5 million, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives of four to eleven years. The weighted-average estimated useful lives were 10.0 years and 4.0 years, respectively.
 
Fiscal 2009 acquisitions
 
MessageLabs Purchase
 
On November 14, 2008, we completed the acquisition of MessageLabs Group Limited (“MessageLabs”), a nonpublic United Kingdom-based provider of managed services to protect, control, encrypt, and archive electronic communications. The acquisition complements our SaaS business. In exchange for all of the voting equity interests of MessageLabs, we paid the following ( in millions ):
 
         
Cash paid for acquisition of common stock outstanding, excluding cash acquired
  $ 632  
Acquisition-related transaction costs
    8  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 640  
         
 
The results of operations for MessageLabs are included since the date of acquisition as part of the Security and Compliance segment. Supplemental proforma information for MessageLabs was not material to our financial results and was therefore not included. The purchase price was subject to an adjustment of up to an additional $13 million in cash due to estimates in the initial purchase price that were not finalized. As a result, subsequent to the acquisition date, the Company paid an additional $10 million to the seller which was allocated to Goodwill.
 
The following table presents the purchase price allocation included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets ( in millions ):
 
         
Net tangible assets (1)
  $ 20  
Intangible assets (2)
    170  
Goodwill (3)
    480  
Deferred tax liability
    (30 )
         
Total purchase price
  $ 640  
         


81


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(1) Net tangible assets included deferred revenue which was adjusted down from $34 million to $10 million representing our estimate of the fair value of the contractual obligation assumed for support services.
 
(2) Intangible assets included customer relationships of $127 million, developed technology of $39 million and definite-lived tradenames of $4 million, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives of one to eight years. The weighted-average estimated useful lives were 8.0 years, 4.0 years and 1.0 years, respectively.
 
(3) Goodwill was not tax deductible and resulted primarily from our expectation of synergies from the integration of MessageLabs product offerings with our product offerings.
 
Other fiscal 2009 acquisitions
 
During fiscal 2009, in addition to MessageLabs, we completed acquisitions of five nonpublic companies for an aggregate of $478 million in cash, including $6 million in acquisition-related expenses resulting from financial advisory, legal and accounting services, duplicate sites, and severance. No equity interests were issued. We recorded goodwill in connection with each of these acquisitions, which resulted primarily from our expectation of synergies from the integration of the acquired company’s technology with our technology and the acquired company’s access to our global distribution network. In addition, each acquired company provided a knowledgeable and experienced workforce. Most of the goodwill from the PC Tools Pty Limited (“PC Tools”) acquisition was tax deductible, while goodwill for the other acquisitions was not tax deductible or was not material. The results of operations for the acquired companies have been included in our results of operations since their respective acquisition dates. AppStream, Inc. (“AppStream”), and the Other acquisitions are included in our Security and Compliance segment and SwapDrive, Inc. (“SwapDrive”) and PC Tools are included in our Consumer segment.
 
The following table presents the purchase price allocations related to these other fiscal 2009 acquisitions included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
                                         
    AppStream     SwapDrive     PC Tools     Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Acquisition date
    April 18, 2008       June 6, 2008       October 6, 2008       Various          
Net tangible assets (liabilities)
  $ 14     $ 2     $ (11 )   $     $ 5  
Intangible assets (1)
    11       42       100       12       165  
Goodwill
    27       81       173       27       308  
                                         
Total purchase price
  $ 52     $ 125     $ 262     $ 39     $ 478  
                                         
 
 
(1) Intangible assets included customer relationships of $43 million, developed technology of $90 million and definite-lived tradenames of $1 million, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives of one to nine years. The weighted-average estimated useful lives were 6.5 years, 5.5 years and 1.4 years, respectively. Intangible assets also included indefinite-lived trade-names of $31 million, which have an indefinite estimated useful life.


82


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Fiscal 2008 acquisitions
 
Altiris Purchase
 
On April 6, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Altiris Inc. (“Altiris”), a leading provider of information technology management software that enables businesses to easily manage and service network-based endpoints. In exchange for all of the voting equity interests of Altiris, we paid the following ( in millions ):
 
         
Cash paid for acquisition of common stock outstanding, excluding cash acquired
  $ 990  
Fair value of stock options assumed
    17  
Fair value of restricted stock awards
    5  
Acquisition-related transaction costs
    4  
Restructuring costs
    22  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 1,038  
         
 
The results of operations of Altiris are included since the date of acquisition as part of the Security and Compliance segment, with the exception of Altiris Services, which are included as part of our Services segment. Supplemental proforma information for Altiris was not material to our financial results and was therefore not included.
 
The following table presents the purchase price allocation included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets ( in millions ):
 
         
Net tangible assets (1)
  $ 231  
Intangible assets (2)
    313  
Goodwill (3)
    633  
Deferred tax liability
    (139 )
         
Total purchase price
  $ 1,038  
         
 
 
(1) Net tangible assets included deferred revenue which was adjusted down from $46 million to $12 million representing our estimate of the fair value of the contractual obligation assumed for support services.
 
(2) Intangible assets included customer relationships of $201 million, developed technology of $90 million and definite-lived tradenames of $22 million, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives of one to eight years. The weighted-average estimated useful lives were 8.0 years, 5.1 years and 7.6 years, respectively.
 
(3) Goodwill was deductible in the State of California for tax purposes. The amount resulted primarily from our expectation of synergies from the integration of Altiris product offerings with our product offerings.
 
Other fiscal 2008 acquisitions
 
During fiscal 2008, in addition to Altiris, we completed acquisitions of two nonpublic companies for an aggregate of $334 million in cash, including $5 million in acquisition-related expenses resulting from financial advisory, legal and accounting services, duplicate sites, and severance. No equity interests were issued. We recorded goodwill in connection with each of these acquisitions, none of which was tax deductible, resulting primarily from our expectation of synergies from the integration of the acquired company’s technology with our technology and the acquired company’s access to our global distribution network. In addition, each acquired company provided a knowledgeable and experienced workforce. The results of operations for Vontu Inc. (“Vontu”) and the Other acquisition have been included in our results of operations since their respective acquisition dates and are included in our Security and Compliance segment.


83


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the purchase price allocations related to these other fiscal 2008 acquisitions included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
                         
    Vontu     Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Acquisition date
    November 30, 2007       January 11, 2007          
Net tangible liabilities
  $ (6 )   $     $ (6 )
Intangible assets (1)
    69       3       72  
Goodwill
    259       9       268  
                         
Total purchase price
  $ 322     $ 12     $ 334  
                         
 
 
(1) Intangible assets included customer relationships of $33 million and developed technology of $39 million, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives of one to eight years. The weighted-average estimated useful lives were 8.0 years and 4.1 years, respectively.
 
Note 5.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill
 
We allocate goodwill to our reporting units, which are the same as our operating segments. Goodwill is allocated by operating segment as follows:
 
                                         
                Storage and
             
          Security and
    Server
             
    Consumer     Compliance     Management     Services     Total  
                (In millions)              
 
Net balance as of March 28, 2008 (1)
  $ 103     $ 4,081     $ 6,666     $ 358     $ 11,208  
Operating segment reclassification (2)
          (84 )           84        
Goodwill acquired through business combinations (3)
    253       54             471       778  
Goodwill adjustments (4)
          4       (10 )           (6 )
Goodwill impairment
          (2,700 )     (4,199 )     (520 )     (7,419 )
                                         
Net balance as of April 3, 2009 (5)
  $ 356     $ 1,355     $ 2,457     $ 393     $ 4,561  
                                         
Operating segment reclassification (6)
          193       191       (384 )      
Goodwill acquired through business combinations (3)
          24                   24  
Goodwill adjustments (4)
          10             10       20  
                                         
Net balance as of April 2, 2010 (7)
  $ 356     $ 1,582     $ 2,648     $ 19     $ 4,605  
                                         
 
 
(1) Gross goodwill balances for the Consumer, Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, and Services are $103 million, $4.1 billion, $6.7 billion, and $358 million, respectively as of March 28, 2008. There was no accumulated impairment loss as of March 28, 2008.
 
(2) In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we moved Altiris services from the Security and Compliance segment to the Services segment. As a result of this reclassification the above adjustments were made as required by the authoritative guidance.
 
(3) See Note 4 for acquisitions.
 
(4) Reflects adjustments made to goodwill of prior acquisitions as a result of tax adjustments that were accounted for under the prior authoritative guidance on business combinations.


84


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(5) Gross goodwill balances for the Consumer, Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, and Services are $356 million, $4.1 billion, $6.7 billion, and $913 million, respectively as of April 3, 2009. Accumulated impairment losses for the Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, and Services are $2.7 billion, $4.2 billion, and $520 million, respectively as of April 3, 2009. There was no accumulated impairment loss for the Consumer segment as of April 3, 2009.
 
(6) During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we changed our reporting segments to better align to our operating structure, resulting in the Enterprise Vault products that were formerly included in the Security and Compliance segment being moved to the Storage and Server Management segment. Also, Software-as-a-Service, which was a standalone reporting unit in fiscal 2009, moved to either the Security and Compliance segment or the Storage and Server Management segment from the Services segment, based on the nature of the service delivered. The predominant amount of SaaS goodwill went to the Security and Compliance segment. See Note 11 for segment information.
 
(7) Gross goodwill balances for the Consumer, Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, and Services are $356 million, $4.0 billion, $7.2 billion, and $461 million, respectively as of April 2, 2010. Accumulated impairment losses for Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management, and Services are $2.4 billion, $4.6 billion, and $442 million, respectively as of April 2, 2010. There was no accumulated impairment loss for the Consumer segment as of April 2, 2010. These balances are reflective of amounts after adjustment for segment reclassifications during the period.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, in accordance with our accounting policy as described in Note 1, we performed our annual impairment analysis and determined that goodwill was not impaired. Based on the impairment analysis performed, we determined that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded its carrying value by more than 20% of the carrying value.
 
During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, based on a combination of factors, including the current economic environment and a decline in our market capitalization, we concluded that there were sufficient potential impairment indicators that required us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis. The analysis was not completed during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and an estimated impairment charge of $7.0 billion was recorded. The analysis was subsequently finalized and an additional impairment charge of $413 million was included in our results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. As a result, we recorded a total non-cash goodwill impairment charge based on the interim impairment analysis of $7.4 billion for fiscal 2009. We also performed our annual impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 and determined that no additional impairment charge was required.
 
The calculation of potential goodwill impairment requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. In determining the carrying value of equity of the reporting units, we applied judgment to allocate assets and liabilities, such as accounts receivable and property and equipment, based on the specific identification or relevant driver, as they are not held by those reporting units but by functional departments. Furthermore, we utilize the income approach, under which we calculate fair value based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of that specific reporting unit. The income approach was determined to be the most representative valuation technique that would be utilized by a market participant in an assumed transaction, but we also considered the market approach which measures the value of an asset through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable property. We also consider our market capitalization on the date we perform our analysis as compared to the sum of the fair values of our reporting units to assess the reasonableness of the values of the reporting units determined under the income approach.
 
The income approach requires us to make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of each reporting unit as well as discount rates to be applied. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying reporting units, there is significant judgment in determining the cash flows attributable to these reporting units. For the fiscal 2010 analysis, due to the improving overall economic environment and its impact on our long-term estimates, our estimated future


85


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
cash flows are somewhat higher than those used in the prior year analysis. Similarly, the discount rates utilized were decreased to reflect the decreased risk of volatility in the current economic environment. For the fiscal 2009 analysis, as a result of the downturn in the economic environment during the second half of calendar 2008, determining the fair value of the individual reporting units was even more judgmental than in the past. In particular, the global economic recession reduced our visibility into long-term trends, and consequently, estimates of future cash flows used in the analysis were lower than those used in the prior year analysis. The discount rates utilized in the fiscal 2009 analysis also reflected market-based estimates of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of individual reporting units and were increased from the previous year’s analysis to reflect increased risk due to volatility in the economic environment during the period.
 
Our reporting units are identified in accordance with the applicable authoritative guidance and are either equivalent to, or represent one level below, an operating segment, which constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which segment management regularly reviews the operating results. Our operating segments are significant strategic business units that offer different products and services, distinguished by customer needs. Our reporting units are consistent with our operating segments.
 
Intangible assets, net
 
                                 
    April 2, 2010  
                      Weighted-Average
 
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
    Remaining
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Useful Life  
          ($ in millions)        
 
Customer relationships
  $ 1,839     $ (973 )   $ 866       4 years  
Developed technology
    1,635       (1,458 )     177       1 year  
Definite-lived tradenames
    128       (66 )     62       5 years  
Patents
    75       (54 )     21       3 years  
Indefinite-lived tradenames
    53             53       Indefinite  
                                 
Total
  $ 3,730     $ (2,551 )   $ 1,179       3 years  
                                 
 
                                 
    April 3, 2009  
                      Weighted-Average
 
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
    Remaining
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Useful Life  
          ($ in millions)        
 
Customer relationships
  $ 1,830     $ (745 )   $ 1,085       5 years  
Developed technology
    1,785       (1,390 )     395       1 year  
Definite-lived tradenames
    130       (54 )     76       6 years  
Patents
    76       (46 )     30       4 years  
Indefinite-lived tradenames
    53             53       Indefinite  
                                 
Total
  $ 3,874     $ (2,235 )   $ 1,639       3 years  
                                 
 
In fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, total amortization expense for intangible assets was $481 million, $585 million, and $574 million, respectively.


86


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Total amortization expense for intangible assets which have definite lives, based upon our existing intangible assets and their current estimated useful lives as of April 2, 2010, is estimated to be as follows ( in millions ):
 
         
2011
  $ 340  
2012
    296  
2013
    264  
2014
    119  
2015
    66  
Thereafter
    41  
         
Total
  $ 1,126  
         
 
Note 6.   Investment in Joint Venture
 
On February 5, 2008, Symantec formed Huawei-Symantec, Inc. (“joint venture”) with a subsidiary of Huawei Technologies Co., Limited (“Huawei”). The joint venture is domiciled in Hong Kong with principal operations in Chengdu, China. We contributed cash of $150 million, licenses related to certain intellectual property and intangible assets in exchange for 49% of the outstanding common shares of the joint venture. The joint venture develops, manufactures, markets and supports security and storage appliances to global telecommunications carriers and enterprise customers. Huawei contributed its telecommunications storage and security business assets, engineering, sales and marketing resources, personnel, and licenses related to intellectual property in exchange for a 51% ownership interest in the joint venture.
 
The contribution of assets to the joint venture was accounted for at its carrying value. The historical carrying value of the assets contributed by Symantec comprised a significant portion of the net assets of the joint venture. As a result, our carrying value of the investment in the joint venture exceeded our proportionate share in the book value of the joint venture by approximately $75 million upon formation of the joint venture. As the contributions for both Symantec and Huawei were recorded at historical carrying value by the joint venture, this basis difference is attributable to the contributed identified intangible assets. The basis difference is being amortized over a weighted-average period of 9 years, the estimated useful lives of the underlying identified intangible assets to which the basis difference is attributed.
 
On February 5, 2011, we have a one-time option to purchase an additional two percent ownership interest from Huawei for $28 million. We determined the value of the option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of the option is not considered material to the financial statements. We have concluded that the option does not meet the definition of a derivative under the authoritative guidance. Symantec and Huawei each have the right to purchase all of the other partner’s ownership interest through a bid process upon certain triggering events set to occur as early as February 5, 2011.
 
We account for our investment in the joint venture under the equity method of accounting. Under this method, we record our proportionate share of the joint venture’s net income or loss based on the quarterly financial statements of the joint venture. We record our proportionate share of net income or loss one quarter in arrears. In determining our share of the joint venture’s net income or loss, we adjust the joint venture’s reported results to recognize the amortization expense associated with the basis difference described above.
 
As described in Note 1, the joint venture adopted new authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables during its period ended December 31, 2009, which was applied to the beginning of its fiscal year. The impact of the adoption decreased our proportionate share of net loss by $12 million during our fiscal 2010.


87


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Summarized unaudited Statement of Operations information for the joint venture and the calculation of our share of the joint venture’s loss are as follows:
 
                 
    For the Period from
    For the Period from
 
    January 1, 2009 to
    February 5, 2008 to
 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Net revenue
  $ 224     $ 28  
Gross margin
    87       7  
Net loss, as reported by the joint venture
  $ (63 )   $ (92 )
Symantec’s ownership interest
    49 %     49 %
                 
Symantec’s proportionate share of net loss
  $ (31 )   $ (45 )
Adjustment for amortization of basis difference
    (8 )     (8 )
                 
Loss from joint venture
  $ (39 )   $ (53 )
                 
 
Note 7.   Debt
 
Convertible senior notes
 
In June 2006, we issued $1.1 billion in principal amount of 0.75% Notes and $1.0 billion in principal amount of 1.00% Notes. We received proceeds of $2.1 billion from the Senior Notes and incurred net transaction costs of approximately $33 million, of which $9 million was allocated to equity and the remainder allocated proportionately to the 0.75% Notes and 1.00% Notes. The 0.75% Notes and 1.00% Notes were each issued at par and bear interest at 0.75% and 1.00% per annum, respectively. Interest is payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15, beginning December 15, 2006.
 
The following table summarizes information regarding the equity and liability components of the Senior Notes:
 
                 
    As of  
    April 2,
    April 3,
 
    2010     2009  
          As Adjusted  
    (In millions)  
 
Equity component
  $ 586     $ 586  
                 
Principal amount
  $ 2,100     $ 2,100  
Unamortized discount
    (229 )     (334 )
                 
Liability component
  $ 1,871     $ 1,766  
                 
 
The effective interest rate, contractual interest expense and amortization of debt discount for the Senior Notes was as follows:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended
    April 2,
  April 3,
  March 28,
    2010   2009   2008
        As Adjusted   As Adjusted
    (In millions)
 
Effective interest rate
    6.78 %     6.78 %     6.78 %
Interest expense — contractual
  $ 18     $ 18     $ 18  
Interest expense — amortization of debt discount
  $ 104     $ 96     $ 89  


88


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
As of April 2, 2010, the remaining weighted-average amortization period of the discount and debt issuance costs is approximately 2.6 years and the if-converted value of the Senior Notes does not exceed the principal amount of the Senior Notes.
 
Each $1,000 of principal of the Senior Notes will initially be convertible into 52.2951 shares of Symantec common stock, which is the equivalent of $19.12 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. Holders of the Senior Notes may convert their Senior Notes prior to maturity during specified periods as follows: (1) during any calendar quarter, beginning after June 30, 2006, if the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the applicable conversion price per share; (2) if specified corporate transactions, including a change in control, occur; (3) with respect to the 0.75% Notes, at any time on or after April 5, 2011, and with respect to the 1.00% Notes, at any time on or after April 5, 2013; or (4) during the five business-day period after any five consecutive trading-day period during which the trading price of the Senior Notes falls below a certain threshold. Upon conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the applicable number of shares of Symantec common stock, up to the principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess of the principal amount, if any, may be paid in cash or in stock at our option. Holders who convert their Senior Notes in connection with a change in control may be entitled to a “make whole” premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate. As of April 2, 2010, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Senior Notes to convert had been met. In addition, upon a change in control of Symantec, the holders of the Senior Notes may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Senior Notes for 100% of the principal amount.
 
Concurrently with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we entered into note hedge transactions with affiliates of certain initial purchasers whereby we have the option to purchase up to 110 million shares of our common stock at a price of $19.12 per share. The options as to 58 million shares expire on June 15, 2011 and the options as to 52 million shares expire on June 15, 2013. The options must be settled in net shares. The cost of the note hedge transactions to us was approximately $592 million. In addition, we sold warrants to affiliates of certain initial purchasers whereby they have the option to purchase up to 110 million shares of our common stock at a price of $27.3175 per share. The warrants expire on various dates from July 2011 through August 2013 and must be settled in net shares. We received approximately $326 million in cash proceeds from the sale of these warrants.
 
The Senior Notes will have no impact on diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) until the price of our common stock exceeds the conversion price of $19.12 per share because the principal amount of the Senior Notes will be settled in cash upon conversion. Prior to conversion, we will include the effect of the additional shares that may be issued if our common stock price exceeds $19.12 per share using the treasury stock method. As a result, for the first $1.00 by which the average price of our common stock for a quarterly period exceeds $19.12 per share there would be dilution of approximately 5.4 million shares. As the share price continues to increase, additional dilution would occur at a declining rate such that an average price of $27.3175 per share would yield cumulative dilution of approximately 32.9 million shares. If the average price of our common stock exceeds $27.3175 per share for a quarterly period we will also include the effect of the additional potential shares that may be issued related to the warrants using the treasury stock method. The Senior Notes along with the warrants have a combined dilutive effect such that for the first $1.00 by which the average price exceeds $27.3175 per share there would be cumulative dilution of approximately 39.5 million shares prior to conversion. As the share price continues to increase, additional dilution would occur but at a declining rate.
 
Prior to conversion, the note hedge transactions are not considered for purposes of the EPS calculation, as their effect would be anti-dilutive. Upon conversion, the note hedge will automatically serve to neutralize the dilutive effect of the Senior Notes when the stock price is above $19.12 per share. For example, if upon conversion the price of our common stock was $28.3175 per share, the cumulative effect of approximately 39.5 million shares in the example above would be reduced to approximately 3.9 million shares.
 
The preceding calculations assume that the average price of our common stock exceeds the respective conversion prices during the period for which EPS is calculated and excludes any potential adjustments to the


89


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
conversion ratio provided under the terms of the Senior Notes. See Note 14 for information regarding the impact on EPS of the Senior Notes and warrants in the current period.
 
Revolving credit facility
 
In July 2006, we entered into a five-year $1 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility that expires in July 2011. Borrowings under the facility bear interest, at our option, at either a rate equal to the bank’s base rate or a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin based on our leverage ratio, as defined in the credit facility agreement. In connection with the credit facility, we must maintain certain covenants, including a specified ratio of debt to earnings (before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and impairments) as well as various other non-financial covenants. As of April 2, 2010, we were in compliance with all required covenants, and there was no outstanding balance on the credit facility.
 
Note 8.   Restructuring
 
Upon approval of a restructuring plan by management with the appropriate level of authority, we record restructuring liabilities in accordance with the authoritative guidance. Liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, as opposed to when management commits to an exit plan. In addition, (i) liabilities associated with exit and disposal activities are measured at fair value; (ii) one-time termination benefits are expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period; and (iii) costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term are recognized when the entity terminates the contract in accordance with the contract terms. In addition, a portion of the restructuring costs related to international employees whose termination benefits are recognized when the amount of such termination benefits becomes estimable and payment is probable. We record other costs associated with exit activities as they are incurred.
 
Our restructuring costs and liabilities consist of severance, benefits, facilities and other costs. Severance and benefits generally include severance, outplacement services, health insurance coverage, effects of foreign currency exchange and legal costs. Facilities costs generally include rent expense, less expected sublease income and lease termination costs. Other costs generally include the effects of foreign currency exchange and consulting services. Also included in Restructuring in our Consolidated Statements of Operations are transition and transformation fees, consulting services, and other costs related to the outsourcing of back office functions. Restructuring expenses are included in the Other reporting segment.
 
Charges for restructuring costs were $94 million, $96 million, and $74 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These amounts include transition, transformation, consulting costs and related other costs of $28 million and $21 million for fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no transition, transformation, consulting costs and related other costs in fiscal 2008. Transition and transformation related activities are expected to be substantially completed in fiscal 2011. Total remaining costs for transition and transformation activities are estimated to range from approximately $10 million to $20 million.
 
Restructuring Plans
 
The following details restructuring plans that management has committed to and are not substantially completed:
 
2010 Restructuring Plan (“2010 Plan”)
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, management approved and initiated the following restructuring events to:
 
  •  Reduce operating costs through a workforce realignment .  This action was initiated to more appropriately allocate resources to the Company’s key strategic initiatives. Charges related to this action are for severance


90


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
  and benefits. These actions are expected to be substantially completed in fiscal 2011. Total remaining costs for severance and benefits are estimated to range from $45 million to $65 million.
 
  •  Reduce operating costs through a facilities consolidation.   This action was initiated to streamline our operations and deliver better and more efficient support to our customers and employees. Charges related to this action are for consolidating certain facilities in North America and Europe. These actions are expected to be substantially completed in fiscal 2011. Total remaining costs for facilities are estimated to range from $35 million to $45 million.
 
2008 Restructuring Plan (“2008 Plan”)
 
In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, management approved and initiated the following restructuring events to:
 
  •  Reduce operating costs through a worldwide headcount reduction .  This action was initiated in the third quarter of fiscal 2008 and was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. Charges related to this action are for severance and benefits. Total remaining costs are not expected to be significant.
 
  •  Reduce operating costs, implement management structure changes, optimize the business structure and discontinue certain products.   Charges related to these actions are for severance and benefits. These actions were initiated in the third quarter of fiscal 2008 and are expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter in fiscal 2011. Total remaining costs for the severance and benefits are estimated to be up to $5 million.
 
  •  Outsource certain back office functions worldwide.   Charges related to these actions are primarily for severance and benefits. These actions were initiated in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 and are expected to be substantially completed in fiscal 2011. Total remaining costs for severance and benefits are expected to range from $5 million to $10 million.
 
Prior and Acquisition-related Plans
 
Prior Restructuring Plan
 
In fiscal 2009, management approved and initiated a plan to reduce operating costs through a worldwide headcount reduction. This action was initiated and substantially completed in fiscal 2010. Charges related to this action were for severance and benefits. Total remaining costs are not expected to be significant.
 
Acquisition-related Plan
 
As a result of business acquisitions, management may deem certain job functions to be redundant and facilities to be in excess either at the time of acquisition or for a period of time after the acquisition in conjunction with our integration efforts. For acquisitions made prior to fiscal 2010, such restructuring-related costs have generally been adjusted to goodwill to reflect changes in the purchase price of the respective acquisition. With the adoption of new authoritative guidance on business combinations, restructuring charges related to our business acquisitions starting in fiscal 2010 are expensed in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of April 2, 2010, acquisition-related restructuring liabilities, primarily related to excess facility obligations at several locations around the world, are expected to be paid over the respective lease terms, the longest of which extends through fiscal 2018.


91


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Restructuring Summary
 
                                         
    Fiscal 2010 Restructuring Liability  
          Costs,
                Cumulative
 
    April 3,
    Net of
    Cash
    April 2,
    Incurred
 
    2009     Adjustments (1)     Payments     2010     to Date  
    (In millions)  
 
Fiscal 2010
                                       
Severance and benefits
  $     $ 23     $ (3 )   $ 20     $ 23  
Fiscal 2008
                                       
Severance and benefits
    8       32       (37 )     3       96  
Prior and Acquisition-related
                                       
Severance and benefits
    4       1       (4 )     1       42  
Facilities
    15       10       (13 )     12       35  
                                         
Total
  $ 27     $ 66     $ (57 )   $ 36          
                                         
Transition, transformation and other costs
            28                       49  
                                         
Total restructuring and transformation charges
          $ 94                          
                                         
Balance Sheet:
                                       
Other current liabilities
  $ 21                     $ 28          
Other long-term liabilities
    6                       8          
                                         
    $ 27                     $ 36          
                                         
 
 
(1) Total net adjustments or reversals, which include the effects of foreign currency, for each respective fiscal year were not significant.
 
Note 9.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Lease Commitments
 
We lease certain of our facilities and related equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2029. We currently sublease some space under various operating leases that will expire on various dates through 2018. Some of our leases contain renewal options, escalation clauses, rent concessions, and leasehold improvement incentives. Rent expense was $88 million, $88 million, and $87 million in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
As of April 2, 2010, our future commitments and sublease information under non-cancellable leases were as follows:
 
                         
    Lease
    Sublease
    Net Lease
 
    Commitment     Income     Commitment (1)  
    (In millions)  
 
2011
  $ 90     $ 4     $ 86  
2012
    73       2       71  
2013
    60       2       58  
2014
    52       1       51  
2015
    35       1       34  
Thereafter
    82       1       81  
                         
    $ 392     $ 11     $ 381  
                         
 
 
(1) The net lease commitment amount includes $21 million related to facilities that are included in our restructuring reserve. For more information, see Note 8.


92


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Purchase Obligations
 
We have purchase obligations of $421 million as of April 2, 2010 that are associated with agreements for purchases of goods or services. Management believes that cancellation of these contracts is unlikely and we expect to make future cash payments according to the contract terms.
 
Indemnification
 
As permitted under Delaware law, we have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at our request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is not limited; however, we have directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that reduces our exposure and may enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is minimal.
 
We provide limited product warranties and the majority of our software license agreements contain provisions that indemnify licensees of our software from damages and costs resulting from claims alleging that our software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party. Historically, payments made under these provisions have been immaterial. We monitor the conditions that are subject to indemnification to identify if a loss has occurred.
 
Litigation Contingencies
 
For a discussion of our pending tax litigation with the Internal Revenue Service relating to the 2000 and 2001 tax years of Veritas, see Note 13.
 
On July 7, 2004, a purported class action complaint entitled Paul Kuck, et al. v. Veritas Software Corporation, et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The lawsuit alleges violations of federal securities laws in connection with Veritas’ announcement on July 6, 2004 that it expected results of operations for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2004 to fall below earlier estimates. The complaint generally seeks an unspecified amount of damages. Subsequently, additional purported class action complaints have been filed in Delaware federal court, and, on March 3, 2005, the Court entered an order consolidating these actions and appointing lead plaintiffs and counsel. A consolidated amended complaint (“CAC”), was filed on May 27, 2005, expanding the class period from April 23, 2004 through July 6, 2004. The CAC also named another officer as a defendant and added allegations that Veritas and the named officers made false or misleading statements in press releases and SEC filings regarding the company’s financial results, which allegedly contained revenue recognized from contracts that were unsigned or lacked essential terms. The defendants to this matter filed a motion to dismiss the CAC in July 2005; the motion was denied in May 2006. In April 2008, the parties filed a stipulation of settlement. On July 31, 2008, the Court held a final approval hearing and, on August 5, 2008, the Court entered an order approving the settlement. An objector to the fees portion of the settlement has lodged an appeal. In fiscal 2008, we recorded an accrual in the amount of $21.5 million for this matter and, pursuant to the terms of the settlement, we established a settlement fund of $21.5 million on May 1, 2008.
 
We are also involved in a number of other judicial and administrative proceedings that are incidental to our business. Although adverse decisions (or settlements) may occur in one or more of the cases, it is not possible to estimate the possible loss or losses from each of these cases. The final resolution of these lawsuits, individually or in the aggregate, is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.


93


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 10.   Stock Repurchases
 
The following table presents a summary of our stock repurchases:
 
                         
    Year Ended
    April 2,
  April 3,
  March 28,
    2010   2009   2008
    (In millions, except per share data)
 
Total number of shares repurchased
    34       42       81  
Dollar amount of shares repurchased
  $ 553     $ 700     $ 1,499  
Average price paid per share
  $ 16.39     $ 16.53     $ 18.53  
Range of price paid per share
  $ 14.14 to $18.29     $ 10.34 to $22.64     $ 16.67 to $20.16  
 
We have had stock repurchase programs in the past and have repurchased shares on a quarterly basis since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 under new and existing programs. Our most recent program was authorized by our Board of Directors on October 27, 2009 to repurchase up to $1 billion of our common stock. This program does not have an expiration date and as of April 2, 2010, $747 million remained authorized for future repurchases.
 
Note 11.   Segment Information
 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we modified our segment reporting structure to more readily match our operating structure. The following modifications were made to our segment reporting structure: (i) Enterprise Vault products moved to the Storage and Server Management segment from the Security and Compliance segment; and (ii) Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) offerings moved to either the Security and Compliance segment or the Storage and Server Management segment from the Services segment, based on the nature of the service delivered. There were no changes to the Consumer or Other segments. The new reporting structure more directly aligns the operating segments with our markets and customers, and we believe it will establish more direct lines of reporting responsibilities, expedite decision making, and enhance the ability to pursue product integration and strategic growth opportunities. Data shown from the prior periods has been reclassified to match the current reporting structure. As of April 2, 2010, our five operating segments are:
 
  •  Consumer.   Our Consumer segment focuses on delivering our Internet security, PC tune-up, and backup products to individual users and home offices.
 
  •  Security and Compliance.   Our Security and Compliance segment focuses on providing large, medium, and small-sized businesses with solutions for endpoint security and management, compliance, messaging management, and data loss prevention solutions. These products allow our customers to secure, provision, and remotely access their laptops, PCs, mobile devices, and servers. We also provide our customers with services delivered through our SaaS security offerings.
 
  •  Storage and Server Management.   Our Storage and Server Management segment focuses on providing large, medium and small-sized businesses with storage and server management, backup, archiving, and data protection solutions across heterogeneous storage and server platforms, as well as services delivered through our SaaS offerings.
 
  •  Services.   Our Services segment provides customers with implementation services and solutions designed to assist them in maximizing the value of their Symantec software. Our offerings include consulting, business critical services, education, and managed security services.
 
  •  Other.   Our Other segment is comprised of sunset products and products nearing the end of their life cycle. It also includes general and administrative expenses; amortization of acquired product rights, intangible assets, and other assets; goodwill impairment charges; charges such as stock-based compensation and restructuring; and certain indirect costs that are not charged to the other operating segments. Our provision for income taxes, loss from joint venture, and non-operating items, such as interest income and interest expense, are also allocated to this segment.


94


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. There are no intersegment sales. Our chief operating decision maker evaluates performance primarily based on net revenue. Except for goodwill, as disclosed in Note 5, the majority of our assets are not discretely identified by segment. The depreciation and amortization of our property, equipment, and leasehold improvements are allocated based on headcount, unless specifically identified by segment.
 
Segment information
 
The following table presents a summary of our operating segments:
 
                                                 
            Storage and
           
        Security and
  Server
          Total
    Consumer   Compliance   Management   Services   Other   Company
    ($ in millions)
 
Fiscal 2010
                                               
Net revenue
  $ 1,871     $ 1,411     $ 2,287     $ 416     $     $ 5,985  
Percentage of total net revenue
    31 %     24 %     38 %     7 %     0 %     100 %
Operating income (loss)
    860       371       1,097       42       (1,437 )     933  
Operating margin of segment
    46 %     26 %     48 %     10 %     *        
Depreciation and amortization expense
    29       25       41       8       734       837  
Fiscal 2009
                                               
Net revenue
  $ 1,773     $ 1,450     $ 2,493     $ 433     $ 1     $ 6,150  
Percentage of total net revenue
    29 %     24 %     40 %     7 %     0 %     100 %
Operating income (loss)
    948       440       1,081       33       (8,972 )     (6,470 )
Operating margin of segment
    53 %     30 %     43 %     8 %     *        
Depreciation and amortization expense
    15       25       54       9       830       933  
Fiscal 2008
                                               
Net revenue
  $ 1,746     $ 1,442     $ 2,303     $ 381     $ 2     $ 5,874  
Percentage of total net revenue
    30 %     25 %     39 %     6 %     0 %     100 %
Operating income (loss)
    939       419       720       (23 )     (1,453 )     602  
Operating margin of segment
    54 %     29 %     31 %     (6 )%     *        
Depreciation and amortization expense
    7       24       64       8       812       915  
 
 
* Percentage not meaningful.
 
Product revenue information
 
Net revenue from sales of our core consumer security products within our Consumer segment represented 28%, 27%, and 28% of our total net revenue for fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
Net revenue from sales of our endpoint security and management products within our Security and Compliance segment represented 10%, 11%, and 12% of our total net revenue during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
Net revenue from sales of our storage and availability management products within our Storage and Server Management segment represented 11%, 12%, and 11% of our total revenue during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
Net revenue from sales of our data protection products within our Storage and Server Management segment represented 20% of our total revenue during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008.


95


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Geographical Information
 
The following table represents revenue amounts reported for products shipped to customers in the corresponding regions:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
          April 3,
    March 28,
 
    April 2, 2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Net revenue:
                       
United States
  $ 2,967     $ 3,024     $ 2,814  
United Kingdom
    642       685       730  
Other foreign countries (1)
    2,376       2,441       2,330  
                         
    $ 5,985     $ 6,150     $ 5,874  
                         
 
 
(1) No individual country represented more than 10% of the respective totals.
 
The table below lists our property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, by geographic area. With the exception of property and equipment, we do not identify or allocate our assets by geographic area:
 
                 
    Year Ended  
          April 3,
 
    April 2, 2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Long-lived assets:
               
United States
  $ 782     $ 811  
Foreign countries (1)
    167       162  
                 
    $ 949     $ 973  
                 
 
 
(1) No individual country represented more than 10% of the respective totals.
 
Significant customers
 
In fiscal 2010 and 2008, one distributor, Ingram Micro accounted for 10% of our total net revenue in both periods. In fiscal 2009, Ingram Micro did not account for 10% of total net revenue. Revenue from Ingram Micro is included in our Security and Compliance, Storage and Server Management and Services segments. Our distributor arrangements with Ingram Micro consist of several non-exclusive, independently negotiated agreements with its subsidiaries, each of which cover different countries or regions. Each of these agreements is separately negotiated and is independent of any other contract (such as a master distribution agreement), and these agreements are not based on the same form of contract. In fiscal 2009 and 2008, one reseller, Digital River accounted for 10% and 11% of our total net revenues, respectively. Revenue from Digital River is included in our Consumer segment. In fiscal 2010, we launched a new, internally-developed eCommerce platform, which will reduce our reliance on Digital River.
 
Note 12.   Employee Benefits and Stock-Based Compensation
 
401(k) plan
 
We maintain a salary deferral 401(k) plan for all of our domestic employees. This plan allows employees to contribute up to 50% of their pretax salary up to the maximum dollar limitation prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code. We match 50% of the employee’s contribution. The maximum match in any given plan year is 3% of the employees’ eligible compensation, up to $6,000. Our contributions under the plan were $22 million, $20 million, and $24 million, in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.


96


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Stock purchase plans
 
2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
In September 2008, our stockholders approved the 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2008 ESPP”) and reserved 20 million shares of common stock for issuance thereunder. As of April 2, 2010, 16 million shares remain available for issuance under the 2008 ESPP.
 
Subject to certain limitations, our employees may elect to have 2% to 10% of their compensation withheld through payroll deductions to purchase shares of common stock under the 2008 ESPP. Employees purchase shares of common stock at a price per share equal to 85% of the fair market value on the purchase date at the end of each six-month purchase period.
 
2002 Executive Officers’ Stock Purchase Plan
 
In September 2002, our stockholders approved the 2002 Executive Officers’ Stock Purchase Plan and reserved 250,000 shares of common stock for issuance thereunder, which was amended by our Board of Directors in January 2008. The purpose of the plan is to provide executive officers with a means to acquire an equity interest in Symantec at fair market value by applying a portion or all of their respective bonus payments towards the purchase price. As of April 2, 2010, 40,401 shares have been issued under the plan and 209,599 shares remain available for future issuance. Shares reserved for issuance under this plan have not been adjusted for the stock dividends.
 
Stock award plans
 
2000 Director Equity Incentive Plan
 
In September 2000, our stockholders approved the 2000 Director Equity Incentive Plan and reserved 50,000 shares of common stock for issuance thereunder. Stockholders increased the number of shares of stock that may be issued by 50,000 in both September 2004 and September 2007. The purpose of this plan is to provide the members of the Board of Directors with an opportunity to receive common stock for all or a portion of the retainer payable to each director for serving as a member. Each director may elect any portion up to 100% of the retainer to be paid in the form of stock. As of April 2, 2010, a total of 109,881 shares had been issued under this plan and 40,119 shares remained available for future issuance.
 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, (“2004 Plan”) our Board of Directors, or a committee of the Board of Directors, may grant incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), or restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) to employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, and advisors to us, or to any parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of ours. The purpose of the 2004 Plan is to attract, retain, and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to our success by offering them an opportunity to participate in our future performance through equity awards of stock options and stock bonuses. Under the terms of the 2004 Plan, the exercise price of stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. Options generally vest over a four-year period. Options granted prior to October 2005 generally have a maximum term of ten years and options granted thereafter generally have a maximum term of seven years.
 
As of April 2, 2010, we have reserved 132 million shares for issuance under the 2004 Plan. These shares include 18 million shares originally reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan upon its adoption by our stockholders in September 2004, 24 million shares that were transferred to the 2004 Plan from the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, (“1996 Plan”), and 40 million and 50 million shares that were approved for issuance on the amendment and restatement of the 2004 Plan at our 2006 and 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, respectively. In addition to the shares currently reserved under the 2004 Plan, any shares reacquired by us from options outstanding under the 1996


97


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Plan upon their cancellation will also be added to the 2004 Plan reserve. As of April 2, 2010, 59 million shares remain available for future grant under the 2004 Plan.
 
Assumed Vontu stock options
 
In connection with our fiscal 2008 acquisition of Vontu, we assumed all unexercised, outstanding options to purchase Vontu common stock. Each unexercised, outstanding option assumed was converted into an option to purchase Symantec common stock after applying the exchange ratio of 0.5351 shares of Symantec common stock for each share of Vontu common stock. In total, all unexercised, outstanding Vontu options were converted into options to purchase approximately 2.2 million shares of Symantec common stock. As of April 2, 2010, total unrecognized compensation cost adjusted for estimated forfeitures related to unexercised, outstanding Vontu stock options was approximately $2 million.
 
Furthermore, all shares obtained upon exercise of unvested Vontu options were converted into the right to receive cash of $9.33 per share upon vesting. The total value of the assumed exercised, unvested Vontu options on the date of acquisition was approximately $7 million, assuming no options are forfeited prior to vesting. As of April 2, 2010, total unrecognized compensation cost adjusted for estimated forfeitures related to exercised, unvested Vontu stock options was immaterial.
 
The assumed options retained all applicable terms and vesting periods, except for certain options that were accelerated according to a change in control provision and will generally vest within a twelve month period from the date of acquisition and certain other options that vested in full as of the acquisition date. In general, the assumed options typically vest over a period of four years from the original date of grant of the option and have a maximum term of ten years.
 
Other stock option plans
 
Options remain outstanding under several other stock option plans, including the 2001 Non-Qualified Equity Incentive Plan, the 1999 Acquisition Plan, the 1996 Plan, and various plans assumed in connection with acquisitions. No further options may be granted under any of these plans.
 
Valuation of stock-based awards
 
The fair value of each stock option granted under our equity incentive plans is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                         
    Employee Stock Options
    Fiscal
  Fiscal
  Fiscal
    2010   2009   2008
 
Expected life
    3 years       3 years       3 years  
Expected volatility
    44 %     37 %     33 %
Risk-free interest rate
    1.47 %     2.04 %     4.52 %
 
Changes in the Black-Scholes valuation assumptions and our estimated forfeiture rate may change the estimate of fair value for stock-based compensation and the related expense recognized. There have not been any material changes to our stock-based compensation expense due to changes in our valuation assumptions of stock-based awards.


98


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
The following table sets forth the total stock-based compensation expense recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
Cost of revenue — Content, subscription, and maintenance
  $ 14     $ 11     $ 13  
Cost of revenue — License
    2       3       4  
Sales and marketing
    59       66       58  
Research and development
    53       49       58  
General and administrative
    27       28       31  
                         
Total stock-based compensation
    155       157       164  
Tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense
    (43 )     (44 )     (42 )
                         
Net effect of stock-based compensation expense on operations
  $ 112     $ 113     $ 122  
                         
Net effect of stock-based compensation expense on earnings per share — basic
  $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14  
                         
Net effect of stock-based compensation expense on earnings per share — diluted
  $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14  
                         
 
As of April 2, 2010, total unrecognized compensation cost adjusted for estimated forfeitures related to unvested stock options and restricted stock was $44 million and $136 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting periods of 2 years for stock options and 3 years for restricted stock.
 
Stock award activity
 
The following table summarizes stock option activity:
 
                                 
          Weighted-
    Weighted-
       
          Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number
    Exercise
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
    of Shares     Price     Years     Value (1)  
    (In millions)                 (In millions)  
 
Outstanding at April 3, 2009
    74     $ 18.61             $ 137  
Granted
    5       15.64                  
Exercised
    (8 )     8.55                  
Forfeited (2)
    (2 )     17.38                  
Expired (3)
    (5 )     22.59                  
                                 
Outstanding at April 2, 2010
    64     $ 19.32       3.30     $ 91  
                                 
Exercisable at April 2, 2010
    54     $ 19.68       2.94     $ 83  
Vested and expected to vest at April 2, 2010
    60     $ 19.41       3.20     $ 88  
 
 
(1) Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value of Symantec’s common stock as of April 2, 2010 and the exercise price of the option. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable includes options with an exercise price below $16.77, the closing price of our common stock on April 2, 2010, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
(2) Refers to options cancelled before their vest dates.
 
(3) Refers to options cancelled on or after their vest dates.


99


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The weighted-average fair value per share of options granted during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 including assumed options was $5.15, $5.26, and $6.03, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $64 million, $111 million, and $142 million, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity:
 
                                 
          Weighted-
    Weighted-
       
          Average
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number
    Grant Date
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
    of Shares     Fair Value     Years     Value  
    (In millions)                 (In millions)  
 
Outstanding at April 3, 2009
    11     $ 19.16             $ 175  
Granted
    11       15.60                  
Released
    (4 )     19.07                  
Forfeited
    (2 )     17.28                  
                                 
Outstanding at April 2, 2010
    16     $ 16.87       1.40     $ 260  
                                 
Vested and expected to vest at April 2, 2010
    10     $       1.26     $ 173  
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock granted during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, including assumed restricted stock was $15.60, $19.41, and $19.39, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock that vested in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $71 million, $52 million, and $15 million, respectively.
 
Shares reserved
 
As of April 2, 2010, we had reserved the following shares of authorized but unissued common stock ( in millions ):
 
         
Stock purchase plans
    16  
Stock award plans
     
Employee stock option plans
    138  
         
Total
    154  
         
 
Note 13.   Income Taxes
 
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 62     $ 161     $ 258  
State
          48       48  
International
    91       101       123  
                         
      153       310       429  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    2       (121 )     (178 )
State
    (2 )     (39 )     (33 )
International
    (41 )     33       (5 )
                         
      (41 )     (127 )     (216 )
                         
    $ 112     $ 183     $ 213  
                         


100


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Pretax income from international operations was $498 million and $458 million for fiscal 2010 and 2008, respectively. Pretax loss from international operations was $1.5 billion in fiscal 2009.
 
The difference between our effective income tax and the federal statutory income tax is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Expected Federal statutory tax
  $ 303     $ (2,293 )   $ 218  
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    (2 )     (8 )     6  
Goodwill impairment — non deductible
          2,510        
Foreign earnings taxed at less than the federal rate
    (92 )     (64 )     (1 )
Domestic production activities deduction
    (10 )     (12 )     (14 )
Federal research and development credit
    (6 )     (12 )     (7 )
Valuation allowance increase (decrease) for Irish NOLs
    (11 )     61        
Benefit of losses from joint venture
    (5 )     (9 )      
Veritas Tax Court Decision (including valuation allowance release)
    (70 )            
Other, net
    5       10       11  
                         
    $ 112     $ 183     $ 213  
                         
 
The principal components of deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Tax credit carryforwards
  $ 16     $ 20  
Net operating loss carryforwards of acquired companies
    148       202  
Other accruals and reserves not currently tax deductible
    137       160  
Deferred revenue
    61       57  
Loss on investments not currently tax deductible
    23       22  
Book over tax depreciation
    20       27  
State income taxes
    36       43  
Goodwill
    64       77  
Other
    81       65  
                 
      586       673  
Valuation allowance
    (67 )     (102 )
                 
Deferred tax assets
    519       571  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangible assets
    (272 )     (377 )
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries
    (244 )     (206 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 3     $ (12 )
                 


101


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Of the $67 million total valuation allowance provided against our deferred tax assets, approximately $55 million is attributable to acquisition-related assets. The valuation allowance decreased by $35 million in fiscal 2010, of which $34 million was attributable to the release of Irish deferred tax assets related to our Veritas 2000-2001 court case decision, current year utilization, and a favorable change in our ability to use deferred tax assets on our tax returns; and $2 million was attributable to acquisition-related assets, offset by a $1 million increase attributable to capital losses.
 
As of April 2, 2010, we have U.S. federal net operating losses attributable to various acquired companies of approximately $137 million, which, if not used, will expire between fiscal 2011 and 2029. These net operating loss carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code § 382, but are expected to be fully realized. Furthermore, we have U.S. state net operating loss and credit carryforwards attributable to various acquired companies of approximately $233 million and $14 million, respectively, which will expire in various fiscal years. In addition, we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards attributable to various acquired foreign companies of approximately $374 million net of valuation allowances, which, under current applicable foreign tax law, can be carried forward indefinitely.
 
As a result of the impairment of goodwill in fiscal year 2009, we have cumulative pre-tax book losses, as measured by the current and prior two years. We considered the negative evidence of this cumulative pre-tax book loss position on our ability to continue to recognize deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income for realization. We considered the following as positive evidence: the vast majority of the goodwill impairment is not deductible for tax purposes and thus will not result in tax losses; we have a strong, consistent taxpaying history; we have substantial U.S. federal income tax carryback potential; and we have substantial amounts of scheduled future reversals of taxable temporary differences from our deferred tax liabilities. We have concluded that this positive evidence outweighs the negative evidence and, thus, that the deferred tax assets as of April 2, 2010 of $519 million, after application of the valuation allowances, are realizable on a “more likely than not” basis.
 
As of April 2, 2010, no provision has been made for federal or state income taxes on $1.8 billion of cumulative unremitted earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries since we plan to indefinitely reinvest these earnings. As of April 2, 2010, the unrecognized deferred tax liability for these earnings was $524 million.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of new authoritative guidance on income taxes, effective March 31, 2007. The cumulative effect of adopting this new guidance was a decrease in tax reserves of $16 million, resulting in a decrease to Veritas goodwill of $10 million, an increase of $5 million to the March 31, 2007 Accumulated earnings balance, and a $1 million increase in Additional paid-in capital. Upon adoption, the gross liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2007 was $456 million, exclusive of interest and penalties.


102


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits since adoption were as follows ( in millions ):
 
         
Beginning balance as of March 31, 2007 (date of adoption)
  $ 456  
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements
    (7 )
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (6 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior years
    40  
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior years
    (6 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current year
    111  
         
Balance as of March 28, 2008
  $ 588  
         
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements
    (2 )
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (9 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior years
    31  
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior years
    (19 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current year
    44  
         
Balance as of April 3, 2009
  $ 633  
         
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements
    (7 )
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (14 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior years
    12  
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior years
    (92 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current year
    11  
         
Balance as of April 2, 2010
  $ 543  
         
 
Of the $90 million of changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits during the fiscal year as disclosed above, approximately $1 million was provided through purchase accounting in connection with acquisitions during fiscal 2010. This gross liability is reduced by offsetting tax benefits associated with the correlative effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, interest deductions, and state income taxes, as well as payments made to date.
 
Of the total unrecognized tax benefits at April 2, 2010, $535 million, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective tax rate, while $8 million would affect the cumulative translation adjustments. However, one or more of these unrecognized tax benefits could be subject to a valuation allowance if and when recognized in a future period, which could impact the timing of any related effective tax rate benefit.
 
Our policy to include interest and penalties related to gross unrecognized tax benefits within our provision for income taxes did not change upon the adoption of the new authoritative guidance on income taxes. At April 2, 2010, before any tax benefits, we had $102 million of accrued interest and accrued penalties on unrecognized tax benefits. Interest included in our provision for income taxes was a benefit of approximately $34 million for the year ended April 2, 2010. If the accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced in the period that such determination is made, and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
 
We file income tax returns in the U.S. on a federal basis and in many U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions. Our two most significant tax jurisdictions are the U.S. and Ireland. Our tax filings remain subject to examination by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to which those filings relate. Our 2000 through 2009 tax years remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for U.S. federal tax purposes, and our 2006 through 2009 fiscal years remain subject to examination by the appropriate governmental agencies for Irish tax purposes. Other significant jurisdictions include California, Japan, the UK and India. As of


103


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
April 2, 2010, we are under examination by the IRS, regarding Veritas U.S. federal income taxes for the 2002 through 2005 tax years and Symantec U.S. federal income taxes for the fiscal years 2005 through 2008 tax years. In addition, we are under examination by the California Franchise Tax Board for the Symantec California income taxes for the 2004 through 2005 tax years. We are also under audit by the Indian income tax authorities for fiscal years 2006 through 2007, respectively.
 
We continue to monitor the progress of ongoing income tax controversies and the impact, if any, of the expected tolling of the statute of limitations in various taxing jurisdictions. Considering these facts, we believe there is a reasonable possibility of significant changes to our total unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.
 
On May 27, 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit overturned a 2005 U.S. Tax Court ruling in Xilinx v. Commissioner , holding that stock-based compensation related to research and development (“R&D”) must be shared by the participants of a R&D cost sharing arrangement. The Ninth Circuit held that related parties to such an arrangement must share stock option costs, notwithstanding the U.S. Tax Court’s finding that unrelated parties in such an arrangement would not share such costs. Symantec has a similar R&D cost sharing arrangement in place. The Ninth Circuit’s reversal of the U.S. Tax Court’s decision changed our estimate of stock option related tax benefits previously recognized under the authoritative guidance on income taxes. As a result of the Ninth Circuit’s ruling, we increased our liability for unrecognized tax benefits, recording a tax expense of approximately $7 million and a reduction of additional paid-in capital of approximately $30 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. On January 13, 2010, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals withdrew its issued opinion. On March 22, 2010, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals issued a revised decision affirming the decision of the Tax Court. The Ninth Circuit’s revised decision agreed with the Tax Court’s finding that related companies are not required to share such costs. As a result of the Ninth Circuit’s revised ruling, we released the liability established in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, which resulted in a $7 million tax benefit and increase of additional paid-in capital of approximately $30 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. For fiscal 2010, there was no net income tax expense impact.
 
On March 29, 2006, we received a Notice of Deficiency from the IRS claiming that we owe $867 million of additional taxes, excluding interest and penalties, for the 2000 and 2001 tax years based on an audit of Veritas. On June 26, 2006, we filed a petition with the U.S. Tax Court protesting the IRS claim for such additional taxes. During July 2008, we completed the trial phase of the Tax Court case, which dealt with the remaining issue covered in the assessment. At trial, the IRS changed its position with respect to this remaining issue, which decreased the remaining amount at issue from $832 million to $545 million, excluding interest. We filed our post-trial briefs in October 2008 and rebuttal briefs in November 2008 with the U.S. Tax Court.
 
On December 10, 2009, the U.S. Tax Court issued its opinion, finding that our transfer pricing methodology, with appropriate adjustments, was the best method for assessing the value of the transaction at issue between Veritas and its offshore subsidiary. The Tax Court judge provided guidance as to how adjustments would be made to correct the application of the method used by Veritas. We remeasured and decreased our liability for unrecognized tax benefits accordingly, resulting in a $78.5 million tax benefit in the third quarter of fiscal 2010. Final computations as directed by the Ruling are not complete and, accordingly, we may make further adjustments to our tax liability in the future. The Tax Court ruling is subject to appeal. We have $110 million on deposit with the IRS pertaining to this matter.
 
On December 2, 2009, we received a Revenue Agent’s Report from the IRS for the Veritas 2002 through 2005 tax years assessing additional taxes due. We agree with $30 million of the tax assessment, excluding interest, but will contest the other $80 million of tax assessed and all penalties. The unagreed issues concern transfer pricing matters comparable to the one that was resolved in our favor in the Veritas v. Commissioner Tax Court decision. On January 15, 2010, we filed a protest with the IRS in connection with the $80 million of tax assessed.
 
In July 2008, we reached an agreement with the IRS concerning our eligibility to claim a lower tax rate on a distribution made from a Veritas foreign subsidiary prior to the July 2005 acquisition. The distribution was intended to be made pursuant to the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, and therefore eligible for a 5.25% effective


104


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
U.S. federal rate of tax, in lieu of the 35% statutory rate. The final impact of this agreement is not yet known since this relates to the taxability of earnings that are otherwise the subject of the tax years 2000-2001 transfer pricing dispute, which in turn is being addressed in the U.S. Tax Court. To the extent that we owe taxes as a result of the transfer pricing dispute, we anticipate that the incremental tax due from this negotiated agreement will decrease. We currently estimate that the most probable outcome from this negotiated agreement will be that we will owe $13 million or less, for which an accrual has already been made. We made a payment of $130 million to the IRS for this matter in May 2006. We applied $110 million of this payment as a deposit on the outstanding transfer pricing matter for the tax years 2000-2004.
 
Note 14.   Earnings Per Share
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share also includes the incremental effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Dilutive potential common shares include shares underlying outstanding stock options, stock awards, warrants, and convertible notes.
 
The components of earnings per share are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
Net income (loss) per share — basic:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 714     $ (6,786 )   $ 410  
                         
Net income (loss) per share — basic
  $ 0.88     $ (8.17 )   $ 0.47  
Weighted-average outstanding common shares
    810       831       868  
Net income (loss) per share — diluted:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 714     $ (6,786 )   $ 410  
                         
Net income (loss) per share — diluted
  $ 0.87     $ (8.17 )   $ 0.46  
Weighted-average outstanding common shares
    810       831       868  
Shares issuable from assumed exercise of options
    6             15  
Dilutive impact of restricted stock and restricted stock units
    3             1  
                         
Total weighted-average shares outstanding — diluted
    819       831       884  
                         
 
The following potential common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    April 2,
    April 3,
    March 28,
 
    2010 (1)     2009 (1)     2008 (1)  
    (In millions)  
 
Stock options
    47       61       66  
Restricted stock units
          2        
                         
      47       63       66  
                         
 
 
(1) For these fiscal years, the effects of the warrants issued and the option purchased in connection with the convertible Senior Notes were excluded because, as discussed in Note 8, they have no impact on diluted earnings per share until our average stock price for the applicable period reaches $27.3175 per share and $19.12 per share, respectively.


105


Table of Contents

SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 15.   Subsequent Events
 
In April 2010, we signed definitive agreements to acquire PGP Corporation (“PGP”) and GuardianEdge Technologies, Inc. (“GuardianEdge”), privately-held US-based providers of email and data encryption services. We expect to acquire PGP and GuardianEdge for a purchase price of approximately $300 million and $70 million in cash, respectively. The acquisitions are expected to close by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2011 and therefore a disclosure of the purchase price allocation cannot be made at this time.
 
In April 2010, we announced our strategy for the Consulting Services business to expand our partner eco-system to better leverage their customer reach and operational scale. As a result of this change in strategy, we expect to take a restructuring charge in the range of $40 million to $50 million during fiscal 2011. The Consulting Services business is included in the Services segment in this annual report.
 
On May 19, 2010, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire certain assets of VeriSign, Inc. (“VeriSign”), a publicly-held US-based provider of internet authentication and domain naming services. The acquired assets relate to the authentication business of VeriSign. As part of the agreement, we will also acquire VeriSign’s 54% interest in VeriSign Japan KK. We anticipate a purchase price of approximately $1.28 billion to be paid in cash related to this acquisition, which is subject to regulatory approvals and other closing conditions. We expect the acquisition to close during the second quarter of our fiscal 2011.


106


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mountain View, State of California, on the 21st day of May 2010.
 
SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
  By 
/s/  Enrique Salem
Enrique Salem,
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Enrique Salem, James A. Beer and Scott C. Taylor, and each or any of them, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this report on Form 10-K and any other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This Power of Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Enrique Salem

Enrique Salem
  President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  May 21, 2010
         
/s/  James A. Beer

James A. Beer
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  May 21, 2010
         
/s/  Phillip Bullock

Phillip Bullock
  Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  May 21, 2010
         
/s/  John W. Thompson

John W. Thompson
  Chairman of the Board   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  Stephen M. Bennett

Stephen M. Bennett
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  Michael A. Brown

Michael A. Brown
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  William T. Coleman III

William T. Coleman III
  Director   May 21, 2010


107


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Frank E. Dangeard

Frank E. Dangeard
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  Geraldine B. Laybourne

Geraldine B. Laybourne
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  David L. Mahoney

David L. Mahoney
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  Robert S. Miller

Robert S. Miller
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  Daniel Schulman

Daniel Schulman
  Director   May 21, 2010
         
/s/  V. Paul Unruh

V. Paul Unruh
  Director   May 21, 2010


108


Table of Contents

Schedule II
 
SYMANTEC CORPORATION
 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                         
        Additions        
    Balance at
  Charged Against
  Charged to
  Amount
  Balance at
    Beginning
  Revenue and to
  Other
  Written Off
  End of
    of Period   Operating Expense (1)   Accounts   or Used   Period
        (In millions)        
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                                       
Year ended April 2, 2010
  $ 9     $ 3     $     $ (4 )   $ 8  
Year ended April 3, 2009
    9       1             (1 )     9  
Year ended March 28, 2008
    8       1                   9  
Reserve for product returns:
                                       
Year ended April 2, 2010
  $ 12     $ 46     $     $ (49 )   $ 9  
Year ended April 3, 2009
    14       52             (54 )     12  
Year ended March 28, 2008
    12       67             (65 )     14  
Reserve for rebates:
                                       
Year ended April 2, 2010
  $ 70     $ 181     $ 96 (2)   $ (276 )   $ 71  
Year ended April 3, 2009
    82       192       91 (2)     (295 )     70  
Year ended March 28, 2008
    100       221       109 (2)     (348 )     82  
 
 
(1) Reserve for product returns and reserve for rebates are charged against revenue.
 
(2) Balances represent unrecognized customer rebates that will be amortized within 12 months and are recorded as a reduction of deferred revenue.


109


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
                             
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  3 .01   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Symantec Corporation   S-8   333-119872   4.01   10/21/04    
  3 .02   Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Symantec Corporation   S-8   333-126403   4.03   07/06/05    
  3 .03   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Symantec Corporation   10-Q   000-17781   3.01   08/05/09    
  3 .04   Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Symantec Corporation   8-K   000-17781   3.01   12/21/04    
  3 .05   Bylaws, as amended, of Symantec Corporation   8-K   000-17781   3.01   05/04/10    
  4 .01   Form of Common Stock Certificate   S-3ASR   333-139230   4.07   12/11/06    
  4 .02   Indenture related to the 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2011, dated as of June 16, 2006, between Symantec Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (including form of 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011)   8-K   000-17781   4.01   06/16/06    
  4 .03   Indenture related to the 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes, due 2013, dated as of June 16, 2006, between Symantec Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (including form of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2013)   8-K   000-17781   4.02   06/16/06    
  4 .04   Form of Master Terms and Conditions For Convertible Bond Hedging Transactions between Symantec Corporation and each of Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., respectively, dated June 9, 2006, including Exhibit and Schedule thereto   10-Q   000-17781   10.04   08/09/06    
  4 .05   Form of Master Terms and Conditions For Warrants Issued by Symantec Corporation between Symantec Corporation and each of Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., respectively, dated June 9, 2006, including Exhibit and Schedule thereto   10-Q   000-17781   10.05   08/09/06    
  4 .06   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2006, by and among Symantec Corporation, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., Morgan Stanley Bank and UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers, and related agreements.   8-K   000-17781   10.01   12/03/07    
  10 .01 *   Form of Indemnification Agreement with Officers and Directors, as amended (form for agreements entered into prior to January 17, 2006)   S-1   33-28655   10.17   06/21/89    
  10 .02 *   Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers, Directors and Key Employees   8-K   000-17781   10.01   01/23/06    
  10 .03 *   Veritas Software Corporation 1993 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of Stock Option Agreement   10-K   000-17781   10.03   06/09/06    


Table of Contents

                             
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .04 *   Symantec Corporation 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, including form of Stock Option Agreement and form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement   10-K   000-17781   10.05   06/09/06    
  10 .05 *   Symantec Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, restated and amended January 1, 2010, as adopted December 15, 2009                   X
  10 .06 *   Brightmail Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, including form of Stock Option Agreement and form of Notice of Assumption   10-K   000-17781   10.08   06/09/06    
  10 .07 *   Altiris, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.01   04/10/07    
  10 .08 *   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option under the Altiris, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.02   04/10/07    
  10 .09 *   Symantec Corporation 2000 Director Equity Incentive Plan, as amended   10-K   000-17781   10.09   06/01/09    
  10 .10 *   Symantec Corporation 2001 Non-Qualified Equity Incentive Plan   10-K   000-17781   10.12   06/09/06    
  10 .11 *   Amended and Restated Symantec Corporation 2002 Executive Officers’ Stock Purchase Plan   8-K   000-17781   10.01   01/25/08    
  10 .12 *   Altiris, Inc. 2002 Stock Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.03   04/10/07    
  10 .13 *   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Altiris, Inc. 2002 Stock Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.04   04/10/07    
  10 .14 *   Vontu, Inc. 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended   S-8   333-148107   99.02   12/17/07    
  10 .15 *   Form of Vontu, Inc. Stock Option Agreement   S-8   333-148107   99.03   12/17/07    
  10 .16 *   Veritas Software Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, including form of Stock Option Agreement, form of Stock Option Agreement for Executives and Senior VPs and form of Notice of Stock Option Assumption   10-K   000-17781   10.15   06/09/06    
  10 .17 *   Symantec Corporation 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, including Stock Option Grant — Terms and Conditions, form of RSU Award Agreement, and form of RSU Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors   10-K   000-17781   10.17   06/01/09    
  10 .18 *   Altiris, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan   S-8   333-141986   99.05   04/10/07    
  10 .19 *   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Altiris, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan, as amended   S-8   333-141986   99.06   04/10/07    
  10 .20 *   Symantec Corporation 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan   8-K   000-17781   10.2   09/25/08    
  10 .21 *   Employment Agreement, dated December 15, 2004, between Symantec Corporation and Greg Hughes   S-4/A   333-122724   10.08   05/18/05    
  10 .22 *   Offer Letter, dated February 8, 2006, from Symantec Corporation to James A. Beer   10-K   000-17781   10.17   06/09/06    
  10 .23 *   Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2009, between Symantec Corporation and John W. Thompson   8-K   000-17781   10.01   04/09/09    
  10 .24 *   Employment Agreement, dated September 23, 2009, between Symantec Corporation and Enrique Salem   8-K   000-17781   10.01   09/29/09    
  10 .25 *   FY10 Long Term Incentive Plan   10-Q   000-17781   10.03   08/05/09    
  10 .26 *   Form of FY10 Executive Annual Incentive Plan — Chief Executive Officer   10-Q   000-17781   10.01   08/05/09    


Table of Contents

                             
Exhibit
      Incorporated by Reference   Filed
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .27 *   Form of FY10 Executive Annual Incentive Plan — Executive Vice President and Group President   10-Q   000-17781   10.02   08/05/09    
  10 .28 *   Symantec Senior Executive Incentive Plan, as amended and restated   10-Q   000-17781   10.03   11/07/08    
  10 .29 *   Symantec Executive Retention Plan, as amended   10-Q   000-17781   10.05   08/07/07    
  10 .30 *   Amendment to the Symantec Executive Retention Plan, effective January 1, 2009   10-Q   000-17781   10.01   02/05/10    
  10 .31   Second Amended and Restated Symantec Online Store Agreement, by and among Symantec Corporation, Symantec Limited, Digital River, Inc. and Digital River Ireland Limited, entered into on October 19, 2006   10-Q   000-17781   10.02   02/07/07    
  10 .32   Amendment, dated June 20, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Agreement Respecting Certain Rights of Publicity dated as of August 31, 1990, by and between Peter Norton and Symantec Corporation   10-Q   000-17781   10.01   08/07/07    
  10 .33   Assignment of Copyright and Other Intellectual Property Rights, by and between Peter Norton and Peter Norton Computing, Inc., dated August 31, 1990   S-4   33-35385   10.37   06/13/90    
  10 .34   Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated April 23, 1999, between Veritas and Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation, included as Exhibit C to that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated March 29, 1999, between Veritas and Fairchild Semiconductor of California   S-1/A   333-83777†   10.27
Exhibit C
  08/06/99    
  21 .01   Subsidiaries of Symantec Corporation                   X
  23 .01   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                   X
  24 .01   Power of Attorney (see Signature page to this annual report)                   X
  31 .01   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
  31 .02   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
  32 .01 ††   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
  32 .02 ††   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                   X
 
 
§ The exhibits and schedules to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. We will furnish copies of any of the exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon request.
 
* Indicates a management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and have been filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 as promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Filed by Veritas Software Corporation.
 
†† This exhibit is being furnished, rather than filed, and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing, in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

Exhibit 10.05
Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
Symantec Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
Restated and Amended January 1, 2010
Adopted December 15, 2009
Effective with respect to amounts
deferred on or after January 1, 2005

 


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
ARTICLE 1  
Definitions
    1  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 2  
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility
    7  
       
 
       
  2.1    
Selection by Committee
    7  
  2.2    
Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation
    7  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 3  
Deferral Commitments/Amounts/Vesting/Crediting/Taxes
    8  
       
 
       
  3.1    
Maximum Deferral
    8  
  3.2    
Timing of Deferral Elections; Effect of Election Form
    8  
  3.3    
Withholding and Crediting of Annual Deferral Amounts
    8  
  3.4    
Vesting
    8  
  3.5    
Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances
    8  
  3.6    
FICA and Other Taxes
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 4  
Scheduled Distribution; Unforeseeable Emergencies
    8  
       
 
       
  4.1    
Scheduled Distributions
    8  
  4.2    
Postponing Scheduled Distributions
    8  
  4.3    
Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions
    8  
  4.4    
Unforeseeable Emergencies
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 5  
Change In Control Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
  5.1    
Change in Control Benefit
    8  
  5.2    
Payment of Change in Control Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 6  
Retirement and Five Plus Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
  6.1    
Retirement Benefit
    8  
  6.2    
Five Plus Benefit
    8  
  6.3    
Payment of Retirement and Five Plus Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 7  
Termination Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
  7.1    
Termination Benefit
    8  
  7.2    
Payment of Termination Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 8  
Disability Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
  8.1    
Disability Benefit
    8  
  8.2    
Payment of Disability Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 9  
Death Benefit
    8  

-i-


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
                 
            Page  
  9.1    
Death Benefit
    8  
  9.2    
Payment of Death Benefit
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 10  
Beneficiary Designation
    8  
       
 
       
  10.1    
Beneficiary
    8  
  10.2    
Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent
    8  
  10.3    
Acknowledgement
    8  
  10.4    
No Beneficiary Designation
    8  
  10.5    
Doubt as to Beneficiary
    8  
  10.6    
Discharge of Obligations
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 11  
Leave of Absence
    8  
       
 
       
  11.1    
Paid Leave of Absence
    8  
  11.2    
Unpaid Leave of Absence
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 12  
Termination of Plan, Amendment or Modification
    8  
       
 
       
  12.1    
Termination of Plan
    8  
  12.2    
Amendment
    8  
  12.3    
Election Form
    8  
  12.4    
Effect of Payment
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 13  
Administration
    8  
       
 
       
  13.1    
Committee Duties
    8  
  13.2    
Administration Upon Change In Control
    8  
  13.3    
Agents
    8  
  13.4    
Binding Effect of Decisions
    8  
  13.5    
Indemnity of Committee
    8  
  13.6    
Employer Information
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 14  
Other Benefits and Agreements
    8  
       
 
       
  14.1    
Coordination with Other Benefits
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 15  
Claims Procedures
    8  
       
 
       
  15.1    
Presentation of Claim
    8  
  15.2    
Notification of Decision
    8  
  15.3    
Review of a Denied Claim
    8  
  15.4    
Decision on Review
    8  
  15.5    
Legal Action
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 16  
Trust
    8  

-ii-


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
                 
            Page  
  16.1    
Establishment of the Trust
    8  
  16.2    
Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust
    8  
  16.3    
Distributions From the Trust
    8  
       
 
       
ARTICLE 17  
Miscellaneous
    8  
       
 
       
  17.1    
Compliance with 409A
    8  
  17.2    
Status of the Plan
    8  
  17.3    
Unsecured General Creditor
    8  
  17.4    
Employer’s Liability
    8  
  17.5    
Nonassignability
    8  
  17.6    
Not a Contract of Employment
    8  
  17.7    
Furnishing Information
    8  
  17.8    
Terms
    8  
  17.9    
Captions
    8  
  17.10    
Governing Law
    8  
  17.11    
Notice
    8  
  17.12    
Successors
    8  
  17.13    
Spouse’s Interest
    8  
  17.14    
Validity
    8  
  17.15    
Incompetent
    8  
  17.16    
Domestic Relations Orders
    8  
  17.17    
Distribution in the Event of Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A
    8  
  17.18    
Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments
    8  
  17.19    
Lost Participants or Beneficiaries
    8  
       
 
       
APPENDIX A  
LIMITED TRANSITION RELIEF FOR DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS
    8  

-iii-


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
Purpose
     The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Symantec Corporation, a Delaware corporation. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
     The terms of this Plan shall govern all amounts deferred on or after January 1, 2005. All amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005, under the Symantec Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan originally adopted November 7, 1996, as amended (“Frozen Plan”), shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Frozen Plan and will be held in a Participant’s Grandfathered Accounts. This Plan as restated and amended effective January 1, 2010, is intended to comply with all applicable law, including Code Section 409A and related Treasury guidance and Regulations, and shall be operated and interpreted in accordance with this intention. In order to transition to the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the Committee may make available to Participants certain transition relief provided under Notices 2006-79 and 2007-86, as described more fully in Appendix A of this Plan.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
     For the purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:
1.1   “Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, an entry on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of the Participant’s Annual Accounts. The Account Balance shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan. The Account Balance shall segregate the Grandfathered Accounts from the deferrals made after December 31, 2004, for bookkeeping purposes, and the portion of the Account Balance attributable to Grandfathered Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of the Frozen Plan.
 
1.2   “Annual Account” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, an entry on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (a) the Participant’s Annual Deferral Amount, if any, for any one Plan Year, plus (b) amounts credited or debited to such amounts pursuant to this Plan, less (c) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Annual Account for such Plan Year. The Annual Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.
 
1.3   “Annual Deferral Amount” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus and Commissions that a Participant defers in accordance with Article 3 for any one Plan Year, without regard to whether such amounts are withheld and credited during such Plan Year.
 
1.4   “Annual Installment Method” shall mean the method used to determine the amount of each payment due to a Participant who has elected to receive a benefit over a period of years in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan. The amount of each annual payment due

1


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
    to the Participant shall be calculated by multiplying the balance of the Participant’s benefit by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due to the Participant. The amount of the first annual payment shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date, and the amount of each subsequent annual payment shall be calculated on or around each anniversary of such Benefit Distribution Date. For purposes of this Plan, the right to receive a benefit payment in annual installments shall be treated as the entitlement to a single payment.
 
1.5   “Base Salary” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, including wages, overtime, bonuses, commissions, tips and other compensation reported on Form W-2, excluding stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, fringe benefits and allowances that are paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income), and that are treated by the Employer as Base Salary for purposes of the Plan. Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or nonqualified plans of the Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by the Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.
 
1.6   “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 10, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.
 
1.7   “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee, which may be electronic in format, that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
 
1.8   “Benefit Distribution Date” shall mean the date upon which all or an objectively determinable portion of a Participant’s vested benefits will become eligible for distribution. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date shall be determined based on the earliest to occur of an event or scheduled date set forth in Articles 4 through 9, as applicable.
 
1.9   “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.
 
1.10   “Bonus” shall mean any compensation, annual or long-term incentive amounts, or variable pay, in addition to Base Salary and Commissions, earned by a Participant under the Employer’s annual bonus, variable pay and/or cash incentive plans.
 
1.11   “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, as determined in accordance with this Section.
 
    In determining whether an event shall be considered a “change in the ownership,” a “change in the effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, the following provisions shall apply:

2


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
  (a)   A “change in the ownership” of the Company shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v). If a person or group is considered either to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, or to have effective control of the Company within the meaning of part (b) of this Section, and such person or group acquires additional stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by such person or group shall not be considered to cause a “change in the ownership” of the Company.
 
  (b)   A “change in the effective control” of the Company shall occur on either of the following dates:
  (i)   The date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi). If a person or group is considered to possess 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, and such person or group acquires additional stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by such person or group shall not be considered to cause a “change in the effective control” of the Company; or
 
  (ii)   The date on which a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors before the date of the appointment or election, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi). In determining whether the event described in the preceding sentence has occurred, the applicable corporation to which the event must relate shall only include a corporation identified in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii) for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.
  (c)   A “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company shall occur on the date on which any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii). A transfer of assets shall not be treated as a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” when such transfer is made to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferor corporation, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B).
1.12   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

3


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
1.13   “Commissions” shall mean the cash commissions earned by a Participant during a Plan Year or the Employer’s Fiscal Year, as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations.
 
1.14   “Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 13.
 
1.15   “Company” shall mean Symantec Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.
 
1.16   “Director” shall mean any member of the board of directors of any Employer.
 
1.17   “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean that a Participant is either (a) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer. For purposes of this Plan, a Participant shall be deemed Disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. A Participant shall also be deemed Disabled if determined to be disabled in accordance with the applicable disability insurance program of the Employer, provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of this Section.
 
1.18   “Election Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs, transmits, authorizes and returns to the Committee, which may be in electronic format, to make an election under the Plan and shall evidence the terms of the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in this Plan herein or determined by the Committee, the most recent Election Form accepted with respect to a Participant shall supersede any prior Election Forms for such Participant with respect to future deferrals.
 
1.19   “Employee” shall mean a person who is an employee of an Employer.
 
1.20   “Employer” shall mean the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a sponsor. For purposes of determining whether a Participant has experienced a Separation from Service, “Employer” shall be defined consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(3).
 
1.21   “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.22   “Fiscal Year” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company, as may be changed from time to time.
 
1.23   “Grandfathered Account(s)” shall mean amounts deferred (including earnings thereon) that were earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005 and that are not intended to be subject to Code Section 409A in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-6(a)(2). Such amounts are accounted for separate and apart from a Participant’s Account Balance and are governed by the terms of the Frozen Plan.

4


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
1.24   “401(k) Plan” shall mean a plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) that contains a cash or deferral arrangement described in Code Section 401(k), adopted by the Employer, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.
 
1.25   “Participant” shall mean any Employee (a) who is eligible to participate in the Plan, and (b) whose executed Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form are accepted by the Committee.
 
1.26   “Performance-Based Compensation” shall mean compensation the entitlement to or amount of which is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(e).
 
1.27   “Plan” shall mean the Symantec Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, which shall govern amounts deferred on or after January 1, 2005, and which, as restated and amended as of January 1, 2008, is evidenced by this instrument, as it may be amended from time to time, and by any other documents that together with this instrument define a Participant’s rights to amounts credited to his or her Account Balance.
 
1.28   “Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.
 
1.29   “Retirement,” “Retire(s)” or “Retired” shall mean a Separation from Service on or after the attainment of age 65.
 
1.30   “Separation from Service” shall mean a termination of services provided by a Participant to the Employer, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by reason of death or Disability, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h). In determining whether a Participant has experienced a Separation from Service, the following provisions shall apply:
  (a)   For a Participant who provides services to the Employer as an Employee, except as otherwise provided in part (c) of this Section, a Separation from Service shall occur when such Participant has experienced a termination of employment with the Employer. A Participant shall be considered to have experienced a termination of employment when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Participant and the Employer reasonably anticipate that either (i) no further services will be performed for the Employer after a certain date, or (ii) that the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for the Employer after such date (whether as an Employee or as an independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed by such Participant (whether as an Employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services to the Employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Employer less than 36 months).
 
      If a Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence, the employment relationship between the Participant and the Employer shall be treated as continuing intact, provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 6 months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Employer under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of a military leave, sick leave, or

5


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      other bona fide leave of absence exceeds 6 months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be considered to be terminated for purposes of this Plan as of the first day immediately following the end of such 6-month period. In applying the provisions of this paragraph, a leave of absence shall be considered a bona fide leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Employer.

  (b)   For a Participant who provides services to the Employer as an independent contractor, except as otherwise provided in part (c) of this Section, a Separation from Service shall occur upon the expiration of the contract (or in the case of more than one contract, all contracts) under which services are performed for the Employer, provided that the expiration of such contract(s) is determined by the Committee to constitute a good-faith and complete termination of the contractual relationship between the Participant and the Employer.
 
  (c)   For a Participant who provides services to the Employer as both an Employee and an independent contractor , a Separation from Service generally shall not occur until the Participant has ceased providing services for the Employer as both as an Employee and as an independent contractor, as determined in accordance with the provisions set forth in parts (a) and (b) of this Section, respectively. Similarly, if a Participant either (i) ceases providing services for the Employer as an independent contractor and begins providing services for the Employer as an Employee, or (ii) ceases providing services for the Employer as an Employee and begins providing services for the Employer as an independent contractor, the Participant will not be considered to have experienced a Separation from Service until the Participant has ceased providing services for the Employer in both capacities, as determined in accordance with the applicable provisions set forth in parts (a) and (b) of this Section.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this part (c), if a Participant provides services for the Employer as both an Employee and as a Director, to the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h)(5) the services provided by such Participant as a Director shall not be taken into account in determining whether the Participant has experienced a Separation from Service as an Employee.
1.31   “Specified Employee” shall mean any Participant who is determined to be a “key employee” (as defined under Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) for the applicable period, as determined annually by the Committee in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(i). In determining whether a Participant is a Specified Employee, the following provisions shall apply:
  (a)   The Committee’s identification of the individuals who fall within the definition of “key employee” under Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) shall be based upon the 12-month period ending on each December 31 st (referred to below as the “identification date”). In applying the applicable provisions of Code Section 416(i) to identify such individuals, “compensation” shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(a) without regard to (i) any safe harbor provided in Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(d), (ii) any of the elective special timing rules provided in Treas. Reg.

6


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      §1.415(c)-2(e), and (iii) any of the elective special rules provided in Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(g); and
 
  (b)   Each Participant who is among the individuals identified as a “key employee” in accordance with part (a) of this Section shall be treated as a Specified Employee for purposes of this Plan if such Participant experiences a Separation from Service during the 12-month period that begins on the April 1 st following the applicable identification date.
1.32   “Trust” shall mean one or more trusts established by the Company in accordance with Article 16.
 
1.33   “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (a) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) thereof), (b) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (c) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined by the Committee based on the relevant facts and circumstances in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(3).
 
1.34   “Years of Service” shall mean the total number of full years in which a Participant has been employed by the Employer. For purposes of this definition, a year of employment shall be a 365 day period (or 366 day period in the case of a leap year) that, for the first year of employment, commences on the Employee’s date of hiring and that, for any subsequent year, commences on an anniversary of that hiring date. A partial year of employment shall not be treated as a Year of Service.
ARTICLE 2
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility
2.1   Selection by Committee . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management or highly compensated Employees. From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, those individuals who may actually participate in this Plan.
 
2.2   Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation .
  (a)   As a condition to participation, each selected Employee shall enroll once they complete, execute and return to the Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form by the deadline(s) established by the Committee in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Plan. In addition, the Committee shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary.
 
  (b)   Each selected Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan shall commence participation in the Plan on the date that the Committee determines that the Employee (i) has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including (a) being either an Executive staff member or in salary grades 13 (or equivalent) and above, (b) earning more than $150,000 per year, and (c) receiving written notice of his or her eligibility, and (ii) has returned all required documents to the Committee within the specified time period. Nonresident aliens shall not be eligible to

7


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      participate in the Plan unless specifically permitted by the Committee. To the extent the Committee, in its sole discretion, revises the eligibility criteria, it shall notify Employees in writing.
 
  (c)   If an Employee fails to meet all requirements established by the Committee within the period required, that Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Plan Year.
ARTICLE 3
Deferral Commitments/ Amounts/Vesting/Crediting/Taxes
3.1   Maximum Deferral
  (a)   Annual Deferral Amount . For each Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions up to the following maximum percentages for each deferral elected:
         
Deferral   Maximum Deferral Percentage  
Base Salary
    75%  
Bonus
    100%  
Commissions
    100%  
  (b)   2005 Deferral Amount . For the 2005 Plan Year, a Participant was able to elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, 50% of Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions.
 
  (c)   Mid-Year Initial Deferral Amount . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, then to the extent required by Section 3.2 and Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the maximum amount of the Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus or Commissions that may be deferred by the Participant for the Plan Year shall be determined by applying the percentages set forth in Section 3.1(a) to the portion of such compensation attributable to services performed after the date that the Participant’s deferral election is made.
3.2   Timing of Deferral Elections; Effect of Election Form .
  (a)   General Timing Rule for Deferral Elections . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.2, in order for a Participant to make a valid election to defer Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions, the Participant must submit an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than the December 31 st preceding the Plan Year in which such compensation will be earned.
 
      Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(a) shall be irrevocable as of the December 31 st preceding the Plan Year in which such Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions are earned.

8


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      Any deferral election for Bonus and/or Commissions that qualifies as Fiscal Year Compensation made in accordance with this Section 3.2(a) shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that the Committee may permit a Participant to make an irrevocable deferral election for an amount that qualifies as Fiscal Year Compensation, as described in Section 3.2(c) below, until no later than the last day of the Employer’s immediately preceding Fiscal Year.
 
      Any deferral election for an amount that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Committee permits or requires Participants to make a deferral election by the deadline described above for an amount that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may permit a Participant to subsequently change his or her deferral election for such compensation by submitting a new Election Form in accordance with Section 3.2(d) below.
 
      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all deferral elections shall conform to, and be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In no event may a deferral election with respect to Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions be made after the last date that such deferral election can be made in order to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations.
 
  (b)   Timing of Deferral Elections for Newly Eligible Plan Participants . A selected Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on or after the beginning of a Plan Year, as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(a)(7)(ii) and the “plan aggregation” rules provided in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(c)(2), may be permitted to make an election to defer the portion of Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions attributable to services to be performed after such election, provided that the Participant submits an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than 30 days after the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.
 
      If a deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(b) relates to compensation earned based upon a specified performance period, the amount eligible for deferral shall be equal to (i) the total amount of compensation for the performance period, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days remaining in the service period after the Participant’s deferral election is made, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the performance period.
 
      Any deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(b) shall become irrevocable no later than the 30 th day after the date the selected Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.
 
  (c)   Timing of Deferral Elections for Fiscal Year Compensation . In the event that the Fiscal Year of the Employer is different than the taxable year of a Participant, the Committee may determine that a deferral election may be made for “Fiscal Year Compensation” (as defined below), by submitting an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than the last day of the Employer’s Fiscal Year immediately preceding the Fiscal Year in which the

9


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      services related to such compensation will begin to be performed. For purposes of this Section, the term “Fiscal Year Compensation” shall include Bonus or Commissions relating to a service period coextensive with one or more consecutive Fiscal Years of the Employer, of which no amount is paid or payable during the Employer’s Fiscal Year(s) that constitute the service period. A deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(c) shall be irrevocable as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year(s) to which the deferral election applies.

      A deferral election made in accordance with this Section 3.2(c) shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Committee permits or requires Participants to make a deferral election by the deadline described in this Section 3.2(c) for an amount that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may permit a Participant to subsequently change his or her deferral election for such compensation by submitting a new Election Form in accordance with 3.2(d) below.
 
  (d)   Timing of Deferral Elections for Performance-Based Compensation . Subject to the limitations described below, the Committee may determine that an irrevocable deferral election for an amount that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation may be made by submitting an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than 6 months before the end of the performance period.
 
      In order for a Participant to be eligible to make a deferral election for Performance-Based Compensation in accordance with the deadline established pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Participant must have performed services continuously from the later of (i) the beginning of the performance period for such compensation, or (ii) the date upon which the performance criteria for such compensation are established, through the date upon which the Participant makes the deferral election for such compensation. In no event shall a deferral election submitted under this Section 3.2 be permitted to apply to any amount of Performance-Based Compensation that has become readily ascertainable.
 
  (e)   Grandfathered Elections . Participant elections with respect to deferrals of amounts earned and vested before January 1, 2005 shall remain in effect for such amounts (any earnings thereon) and, thus, such amounts (and any earnings thereon) and elections are not subject to the deferred compensation rules under Code Section 409A. Such amounts will be held in a Participant’s Grandfathered Account.
 
  (f)   Effect of Election on Deferrals . The Participant’s deferral election shall be calculated with respect to the Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions payable to the Participant after any amounts for other deductions or withholdings, but shall be reduced by the Committee as necessary so that it does not exceed 75% of the Base Salary and 100% of Bonus and/or Commissions of the Participant remaining after deduction of all required income and employment taxes, 401(k) and other employee benefit deductions, and other deductions required by law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any changes to 401(k) deferrals and other payroll withholdings made or effective after December 31 st of a Plan Year or the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, if such later deferral is permitted by the Committee, that would affect the amount of Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions being deferred to the Plan (or any other changes that would cause a deferral election to be treated as being revocable for purposes of Code

10


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      Section 409A, or which would otherwise cause a deferral election or the terms of the Plan to violate 409A) shall be disregarded for purposes of the Plan and shall not become effective under the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year or Fiscal Year for which a new deferral election could be effective under Section 3.2(a).
3.3   Withholding and Crediting of Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year, the Base Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Salary. The Bonus and/or Commissions portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Bonus or Commissions are or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself. Annual Deferral Amounts shall be credited to the Participant’s Annual Account for such Plan Year at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.
 
3.4   Vesting . A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in the portion of his or her Account Balance attributable to Annual Deferral Amounts, plus amounts credited or debited on such amounts pursuant to Section 3.5.
 
3.5   Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances . In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance in accordance with the following rules:
  (a)   Measurement Funds . A Participant may elect one or more of the measurement funds selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion, which are based on certain mutual funds (the “Measurement Funds”), for the purpose of crediting or debiting additional amounts to his or her Account Balance. As necessary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Fund.
 
  (b)   Election of Measurement Funds . A Participant, in connection with his or her initial deferral election in accordance with Section 3.2 above, shall elect, on the Election Form, one or more Measurement Fund(s) (as described in Section 3.5(a) above) to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to his or her Account Balance. If a Participant does not elect any of the Measurement Funds as described in the previous sentence, the Participant’s Account Balance shall automatically be allocated into the lowest-risk Measurement Fund, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Participant may (but is not required to) elect, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee that is accepted by the Committee, to add or delete one or more Measurement Fund(s) to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to his or her Account Balance, or to change the portion of his or her Account Balance allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Fund. If an election is made in accordance with the previous sentence, it shall apply as of the first business day deemed reasonably practicable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and shall continue thereafter for each subsequent day in which the Participant participates in the Plan, unless changed in accordance with the previous sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose limitations on the frequency with which one or more of the Measurement Funds elected in accordance with this Section 3.5(b) may be added or deleted by such Participant; furthermore, the Committee, in its sole

11


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
      discretion, may impose limitations on the frequency with which the Participant may change the portion of his or her Account Balance allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Fund.

  (c)   Proportionate Allocation . In making any election described in Section 3.5(b) above, the Participant shall specify on the Election Form, in increments of one percent (1%), the percentage of his or her Account Balance or Measurement Fund, as applicable, to be allocated/reallocated.
 
  (d)   Crediting or Debiting Method . The performance of each Measurement Fund (either positive or negative) will be determined on a daily basis based on the manner in which such Participant’s Account Balance has been hypothetically allocated among the Measurement Funds by the Participant.
 
  (e)   No Actual Investment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any such Measurement Fund, the allocation of his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in any such Measurement Fund. In the event that the Company or the Trustee (as that term is defined in the Trust), in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investments on which the Measurement Funds are based, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.
3.6   FICA and Other Taxes .
  (a)   Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Employer shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus and/or Commissions that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.6.
 
  (b)   Distributions . The Employer, or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer, or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer and the trustee of the Trust.
ARTICLE 4
Scheduled Distribution; Unforeseeable Emergencies
4.1   Scheduled Distributions . In connection with each election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may elect to receive all or a portion of such Annual Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or debited on that amount pursuant to Section 3.5, in the form of a lump sum

12


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
    payment or installments, as elected by the Participant (a “Scheduled Distribution”). The lump sum payment shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date designated by the Participant in accordance with this Section. The Participant may elect installments of Scheduled Distributions in accordance with the Annual Installment Method of 5, 10 or 15 years. The Benefit Distribution Date for the amount subject to a Scheduled Distribution election shall be the first day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant, which may be no sooner than 5 Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year to which the Participant’s deferral election relates, unless otherwise provided on an Election Form approved by the Committee.
 
    Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Scheduled Distribution elected shall be paid out during a 60 day period commencing immediately after the Benefit Distribution Date. By way of example, if a Scheduled Distribution is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that are earned in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2008, the earliest Benefit Distribution Date that may be designated by a Participant would be January 1, 2014, and the Scheduled Distribution would be paid out during the 60 day period commencing immediately after such Benefit Distribution Date.
4.2   Postponing Scheduled Distributions . A Participant may elect to postpone a Scheduled Distribution described in Section 4.1 above, and have such amount paid out during a 60 day period commencing immediately after an allowable alternative Benefit Distribution Date designated in accordance with this Section 4.2. In order to make such an election, the Participant must submit an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:
  (a)   The election of the new Benefit Distribution Date shall have no effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made;
 
  (b)   The new Benefit Distribution Date selected by the Participant for such Scheduled Distribution must be the first day of a Plan Year that is no sooner than 5 years after the previously designated Benefit Distribution Date; and
 
  (c)   The election must be made at least 12 months prior to the Participant’s previously designated Benefit Distribution Date for such Scheduled Distribution.
    For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 4.2, a Participant’s election to postpone a Scheduled Distribution shall not be considered to be made until the date on which the election becomes irrevocable. Such an election shall become irrevocable no later than the date that is 12 months prior to the Participant’s previously designated Benefit Distribution Date for such Scheduled Distribution. An election to postpone a Scheduled Distribution is specific to the Annual Account or payment event to which it applies, and shall not be construed to affect the Scheduled Distribution of any other accounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any election to postpone a Scheduled Distribution shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
4.3   Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions . Should an event occur prior to any Benefit Distribution Date designated for a Scheduled Distribution that would trigger a benefit under Articles 5 through 9, as applicable, all amounts subject to a Scheduled Distribution

13


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
    election shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan and not in accordance with this Article 4.
4.4   Unforeseeable Emergencies .
  (a)   If a Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency prior to the occurrence of a distribution event described in Articles 5 through 9, as applicable, the Participant may petition the Committee to receive a partial or full payout from the Plan. The payout, if any, from the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Participant’s vested Account Balance, calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date for such payout, as determined by the Committee in accordance with provisions set forth below, or (ii) the amount necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. A Participant shall not be eligible to receive a payout from the Plan to the extent that the Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved (A) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (B) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (C) by cessation of deferrals under this Plan.
 
      If the Committee, in its sole discretion, approves a Participant’s petition for payout from the Plan, the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date for such payout shall be the date on which such Committee approval occurs and such payout shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum no later than 60 days after such Benefit Distribution Date. In addition, in the event of such approval the Participant’s outstanding deferral elections under the Plan shall be cancelled.
 
  (b)   A Participant’s deferral elections under this Plan shall also be cancelled to the extent the Committee determines that such action is required for the Participant to obtain a hardship distribution from the Employer’s 401(k) Plan pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3).
ARTICLE 5
Change in Control Benefit
5.1   Change in Control Benefit . A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, shall have an opportunity to irrevocably elect to receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment in the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service, Disability or death (the “Change in Control Benefit”). The Benefit Distribution Date for the Change in Control Benefit, if any, shall be the date on which the Change in Control occurs.
 
    If a Participant elects not to receive a Change in Control Benefit, or fails to make an election in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant’s Account Balance shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan.

14


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
5.2   Payment of Change in Control Benefit . The Change in Control Benefit, if any, shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date, as determined by the Committee, and paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.
ARTICLE 6
Retirement and Five Plus Benefit
6.1   Retirement Benefit . If a Participant experiences a Separation from Service that qualifies as a Retirement, the Participant shall be eligible to receive his or her vested Account Balance attributable to deferrals for Plan Years ending on or before December 31, 2009 , in either a lump sum or annual installment payments, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3 (the “Retirement Benefit”). A Participant’s Retirement Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the applicable Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be (i) the first day after the end of the 6-month period immediately following the date on which the Participant experiences such Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee, and (ii) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant experiences a Separation from Service; provided, however, if a Participant changes the form of distribution for one or more Annual Accounts in accordance with Section 6.3(b), the Benefit Distribution Date for the Annual Account(s) subject to such change shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.3(b).
 
6.2   Five Plus Benefit . If a Participant experiences a Separation from Service after completing Five Years of Service, the Participant shall be eligible to receive his or her vested Account Balance attributable to deferrals for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2009 , in either a lump sum or annual installment payments, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.3 (the “Five Plus Benefit”). A Participant’s Five Plus Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the applicable Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be (i) the first day after the end of the 6-month period immediately following the date on which the Participant experiences such Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee, and (ii) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant experiences a Separation from Service; provided, however, if a Participant changes the form of distribution for one or more Annual Accounts in accordance with Section 6.3(b), the Benefit Distribution Date for the Annual Account(s) subject to such change shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.3(b).
 
6.3   Payment of Retirement or Five Plus Benefit .
  (a)   In connection with a Participant’s election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, the Participant shall elect the form in which his or her Annual Account for such Plan Year will be paid. The Participant may elect to receive each Annual Account in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of 5, 10, or 15 years. If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of an Annual Account or if the Annual Account is not eligible for the Retirement or Five Plus Benefit, then the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive such Annual Account as a lump sum.
 
  (b)   A Participant may change the form of payment for an Annual Account by submitting an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:

15


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
  (i)   The election shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made;
 
  (ii)   The new Benefit Distribution Date for such Annual Account shall be 5 years after the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable to such Annual Account; and
 
  (iii)   The election must be made at least 12 months prior to the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable to such Annual Account.
      For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 6.3(b), a Participant’s election to change the form of payment for an Annual Account shall not be considered to be made until the date on which the election becomes irrevocable. Such an election shall become irrevocable no later than the date that is 12 months prior to the Benefit Distribution Date that would otherwise have been applicable to such Annual Account. Subject to the requirements of this Section 6.3(b), the Election Form most recently accepted by the Committee that has become effective for an Annual Account shall govern the form of payout of such Annual Account.
 
  (c)   The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the applicable Benefit Distribution Date. Remaining installments, if any, shall continue in accordance with the Participant’s election for each Annual Account and shall be paid no later than 60 days after each anniversary of the Benefit Distribution Date.
 
  (d)   Notwithstanding Article 6, the Committee may determine in writing on or before the Benefit Distribution Date attributable to a Separation from Service that the Participant’s Account Balance shall be paid in a lump sum in the event that the lump sum payment thereby made (i) results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the Plan, including all agreements, methods, programs or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(c)(2), and (ii) is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B).
ARTICLE 7
Termination Benefit
7.1   Termination Benefit . If a Participant experiences a Separation from Service that does not entitle the Participant to the Retirement or Five Plus Benefit, the Participant shall receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment (the “Termination Benefit”). A Participant’s Termination Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be (i) the first day after the end of the 6-month period immediately following the date on which the Participant experiences such Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee, and (ii) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant experiences a Separation from Service.

16


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
7.2   Payment of Termination Benefit . The Termination Benefit shall be paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.
ARTICLE 8
Disability Benefit
8.1   Disability Benefit . If a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the occurrence of a distribution event described in Articles 5 through 7, as applicable, the Participant shall receive his or her vested Account Balance in the form of a lump sum payment (the “Disability Benefit”). The Disability Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled.
 
8.2   Payment of Disability Benefit . The Disability Benefit shall be paid to the Participant no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.
ARTICLE 9
Death Benefit
9.1   Death Benefit . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the complete distribution of his or her vested Account Balance, the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) shall receive the Participant’s unpaid vested Account Balance in a lump sum payment (the “Death Benefit”). The Death Benefit shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Benefit Distribution Date for such benefit, which shall be the date on which the Committee is provided with proof that is satisfactory to the Committee of the Participant’s death.
 
9.2   Payment of Death Benefit . The Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.
ARTICLE 10
Beneficiary Designation
10.1   Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Employer in which the Participant participates.

17


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
10.2   Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent . A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Committee, executed by such Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.
 
10.3   Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent.
 
10.4   No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.
 
10.5   Doubt as to Beneficiary . If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Employer to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.
 
10.6   Discharge of Obligations . The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Employer and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s Election Form shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits. In addition, if the Employer shall find that any person to whom any amount is or was payable hereunder is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then the Employer, if it so elects, may direct that any payment due him or her or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefore has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) or any part thereof, be paid or applied for the benefit of such person (or such person’s spouse, children or other dependents), to an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or to any other person deemed by the Employer to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment, or any of them, in such manner and proportion as the Employer may deem proper. Any such payment shall be in full and complete discharge of the Employer’s obligation under this Plan.
ARTICLE 11
Leave of Absence
11.1   Paid Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer to take a paid leave of absence, and such leave of absence does not constitute a Separation from Service, (a) the Participant shall continue to be considered eligible for the benefits provided under the Plan, and (b) the

18


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
    Annual Deferral Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.2.
11.2   Unpaid Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer to take an unpaid leave of absence for any reason, and such leave of absence does not constitute a Separation from Service, such Participant shall continue to be eligible for the benefits provided under the Plan. During the unpaid leave of absence, the Participant shall not be allowed to make any additional deferrals. However, if the Participant returns to employment, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment and for every Plan Year thereafter while a Participant in the Plan, provided such deferral elections are otherwise allowed and an Election Form is delivered to and accepted by the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section 3.2 above.
ARTICLE 12
Termination of Plan, Amendment or Modification
12.1   Termination of Plan . Although the Employer anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Employer will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Employer reserves the right to terminate the Plan with respect to all of its Participants. In the event of a Plan termination no new deferral elections shall be permitted for the affected Participants. However, after the Plan termination the Account Balances of such Participants shall continue to be credited with Annual Deferral Amounts attributable to a deferral election that was in effect prior to the Plan termination to the extent deemed necessary to comply with Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, and additional amounts shall continue to credited or debited to such Participants’ Account Balances pursuant to Section 3.5. The Measurement Funds available to Participants following the termination of the Plan shall be comparable in number and type to those Measurement Funds available to Participants in the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Plan termination is effective. In addition, following a Plan termination, Participant Account Balances shall remain in the Plan and shall not be distributed until such amounts become eligible for distribution in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix), the Employer may provide that upon termination of the Plan, all Account Balances of the Participants shall be distributed in a lump sum, subject to and in accordance with any rules established by the Employer deemed necessary to comply with the applicable requirements and limitations of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).
 
12.2   Amendment . The Employer may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value of a Participant’s vested Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, and (ii) no amendment or modification of this Section 12.2 or Section 13.2 of the Plan shall be effective.
 
12.3   Election Form . Despite the provisions of Sections 12.1, if a Participant’s Election Form or any other employee communication contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may only amend or terminate such provisions with the written consent of the Participant.

19


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
12.4   Effect of Payment . The full payment of the Participant’s vested Account Balance in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan, and the Participant’s Election Form shall terminate.
ARTICLE 13
Administration
13.1   Committee Duties . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 13, this Plan shall be administered by the Employee Benefits Administrative Committee, which members shall be appointed by the Board. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan, including Board members that are employees. The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan, and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions, including benefit entitlement determinations and interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Company.
 
13.2   Administration Upon Change In Control . Within 120 days following a Change in Control, the individuals who comprised the Committee immediately prior to the Change in Control (whether or not such individuals are members of the Committee following the Change in Control) may, by written consent of the majority of such individuals, appoint an independent third party administrator (the “Administrator”) to perform any or all of the Committee’s duties described in Section 13.1 above, including without limitation, the power to determine any questions arising in connection with the administration or interpretation of the Plan, and the power to make benefit entitlement determinations. Upon and after the effective date of such appointment, (a) the Company must pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator, and (b) the Administrator may only be terminated with the written consent of the majority of Participants with an Account Balance in the Plan as of the date of such proposed termination.
 
13.3   Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Committee or the Administrator, as applicable, may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel.
 
13.4   Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee or Administrator, as applicable, with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
 
13.5   Indemnity of Committee . The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated, and the Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members, the Employee or the Administrator.

20


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
13.6   Employer Information . To enable the Committee and/or Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee and/or Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Separation from Service, Disability or death of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee or Administrator may reasonably require.
ARTICLE 14
Other Benefits and Agreements
14.1   Coordination with Other Benefits . The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Employer. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.
ARTICLE 15
Claims Procedures
15.1   Presentation of Claim . Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.
 
15.2   Notification of Decision . The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, but no later than 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90 day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial period. In the event of a claim based upon a Disability, the Committee shall respond within 45 days of receiving the Disability claim and the extension of time for processing the Disability claim may not exceed 30 days. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination. The Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing:
  (a)   that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or
 
  (b)   that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

21


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
  (i)   the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;
 
  (ii)   specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;
 
  (iii)   a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
 
  (iv)   an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 15.3 below; and
 
  (v)   a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
15.3   Review of a Denied Claim . On or before 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied (180 days for a Disability claim), in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):
  (a)   may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claim for benefits;
 
  (b)   may submit written comments or other documents; and/or
 
  (c)   may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.
15.4   Decision on Review . The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and no later than 60 days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review of the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60 day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period. In the case of a Disability claim, the Committee shall render a final decision no later than 45 days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim. The extension of time for reviewing a Disability claim shall not exceed 90 days. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination. In rendering its decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:
  (a)   specific reasons for the decision;
 
  (b)   specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based;
 
  (c)   a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and
 
  (d)   a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

22


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
15.5   Legal Action . A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 15 is a mandatory prerequisite to exhaustion of his or her administrative remedies and a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action, including any arbitration, with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.
ARTICLE 16
Trust
16.1   Establishment of the Trust . In order to provide assets from which to fulfill its obligations to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, the Company may establish a trust by a trust agreement with a third party, the trustee, to which the Employer may, in its discretion, contribute cash or other property, including securities issued by the Company, to provide for the benefit payments under the Plan (the “Trust”).
 
16.2   Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of the Plan and the Election Form shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employer, Participants and the creditors of the Employer to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.
 
16.3   Distributions From the Trust . The Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.
ARTICLE 17
Miscellaneous
17.1   Compliance with 409A . The Plan, including all deferral decisions or elections and all distributions hereunder, shall be administered and interpreted (a) to the extent possible in a manner consistent with the intent described in the preceding sentence, and (b) in accordance with Code Section 409A and related Treasury guidance and Regulations, and if any provision of the Plan is subject to more than one interpretation or construction, such ambiguity shall be resolved in favor of the interpretation or construction which is consistent with the Plan complying with the provisions of Code Section 409A. The Company makes no representations as to the tax consequences of the deferrals under the Plan (including, without limitation, under Code Section 409A). Participants are solely responsible for any and all income, excise or other taxes imposed on a Participant with respect to participation in the Plan (and deferrals made under the Plan). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amount of “deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) shall be paid earlier than the earliest date permitted under Code Section 409A, and all deferral decisions or elections made hereunder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 409A.
 
17.2   Status of the Plan . The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).

23


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
17.3   Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer. An Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.
 
17.4   Employer’s Liability . The Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Election Form, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant. The Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Election Form.
 
17.5   Nonassignability . Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.
 
17.6   Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant. Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.
 
17.7   Furnishing Information . A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.
 
17.8   Terms . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.
 
17.9   Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
 
17.10   Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

24


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
17.11   Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
Symantec Corporation
Attn: Global Benefits Department
20330 Stevens Creek Blvd.
Cupertino, California 95014
    Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
 
    Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.
 
17.12   Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.
 
17.13   Spouse’s Interest . The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.
 
17.14   Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
 
17.15   Incompetent . If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.
 
17.16   Domestic Relations Orders . If necessary to comply with a domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B), pursuant to which a court has determined that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan, the Committee shall have the right to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to such spouse or former spouse as permitted by Treas. Reg. 1.409A-2(b)(4).
 
17.17   Distribution in the Event of Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A . If any portion of a Participant’s Account Balance under this Plan is required to be included in income by the Participant prior to receipt due to a failure of this Plan to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, the Committee may determine that such Participant shall receive a distribution from the Plan in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the

25


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
    portion of his or her Account Balance required to be included in income as a result of the failure of the Plan to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and related Treasury Regulations, or (ii) the unpaid vested Account Balance.
17.18   Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Employer reasonably anticipates that the Employer’s deduction with respect to any distribution from this Plan would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(7)(i), payment shall be delayed as deemed necessary to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Plan is deductible. Any amounts for which distribution is delayed pursuant to this Section shall continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.5. The delayed amounts (and any amounts credited thereon) shall be distributed to the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest date the Employer reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m). In the event that such date is determined to be after a Participant’s Separation from Service and the Participant to whom the payment relates is determined to be a Specified Employee, then to the extent deemed necessary to comply with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(2), the delayed payment shall not made before the end of the six-month period following such Participant’s Separation from Service.
 
17.19   Lost Participants or Beneficiaries. Any Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a benefit from the Plan has the duty to keep the Committee advised of his or her current mailing address. If benefit payments are returned to the Plan or are not presented for payment after a reasonable amount of time, the Committee shall presume that the payee is missing. The Committee, after making such effectors as in its discretion it deems reasonable and appropriate to locate the payee, shall stop payment on any uncashed checks and may discontinue making future payments until contact with the payee is restored.

26


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of December 15, 2009.
         
  “Company”

Symantec Corporation,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Renee Janosch  
    Title:   Senior Director, Global Benefits
       

27


 

Symantec Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
         
APPENDIX A
LIMITED TRANSITION RELIEF FOR DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS
The capitalized terms below shall have the same meaning as provided in Article 1 of the Plan.
Opportunity to Make New (or Revise Existing) Distribution Elections . Notwithstanding the required deadline for the submission of an initial distribution election under Articles 4, 5 and 6 of the Plan, the Committee may, to the extent permitted by Notice 2006-79 (which was modified and superseded by Notice 2007-86) provide a limited period in which Participants may make new distribution elections, or revise existing distribution elections, with respect to amounts subject to the terms of the Plan, by submitting an Election Form on or before the deadline established by the Committee, which in no event shall be later than December 31, 2007. Any distribution election(s) made by a Participant, and accepted by the Committee, in accordance with this Appendix A shall not be treated as a change in either the form or timing of a Participant’s benefit payment for purposes of Code Section 409A or the Plan. If any distribution election submitted by a Participant in accordance with this Appendix A either (a) relates to an amount that would otherwise be paid to the Participant in 2007, or (b) would cause an amount to be paid to the Participant in 2007, such election shall not be effective.

28

Exhibit 21.01
Symantec Corporation
Subsidiaries
     
Name of Subsidiary   State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
Altiris, Inc.
  Delaware
Symantec Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Symantec Holdings Limited
  Ireland
Symantec International Limited
  Ireland
Symantec Japan Inc.
  Japan
Symantec Limited
  Ireland
Symantec Operating Corporation
  Delaware
Symantec (UK) Limited
  United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.01
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Symantec Corporation
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-60141, 33-64507, 333-07223, 333-18353, 333-18355, 333-39175, 333-71021, 333-71023, 333-31526, 333-31540, 333-31632, 333-47648, 333-52200, 333-56874, 333-64174, 333-81146, 333-102096, 333-106173, 333-116547, 333-117176, 333-119872, 333-126403, 333-140252, 333-141986, 333-148107, and 333-155266) and Form S-3 (Nos. 33-82012, 33-63513, 333-77072, 333-127958, 333-127959, and 333-139230) of Symantec Corporation, of our reports dated May 21, 2010, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Symantec Corporation and subsidiaries as of April 2, 2010 and April 3, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 2, 2010, and the related financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 2, 2010, which reports appear in this annual report on Form 10-K of Symantec Corporation.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 4, 2009, Symantec Corporation changed its method of accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) by retrospectively adopting new accounting requirements issues by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Mountain View, California
May 21, 2010

Exhibit 31.01
 
Certification
 
I, Enrique Salem, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Symantec Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   Enrique Salem
Enrique Salem
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Date: May 21, 2010

Exhibit 31.02
 
Certification
 
I, James A. Beer, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Symantec Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   James A. Beer
James A. Beer
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: May 21, 2010

Exhibit 32.01
 
Certification Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Enrique Salem, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Symantec Corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge: (i) the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended April 2, 2010, to which this Certification is attached (the “Form 10-K”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/   Enrique Salem
Enrique Salem
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Date: May 21, 2010
 
This Certification which accompanies the Form 10-K is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

Exhibit 32.02
 
Certification Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, James A. Beer, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Symantec Corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge: (i) the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended April 2, 2010, to which this Certification is attached (the “Form 10-K”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/   James A. Beer
James A. Beer
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: May 21, 2010
 
This Certification which accompanies the Form 10-K is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.